10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

(MARK ONE)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2018

OR

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number 0-19357

MONRO, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York	16-0838627
(State of incorporation)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
200 Holleder Parkway,
Rochester, New York	14615
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:

(585) 647-6400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

Name of each exchange on which registered: The NASDAQ Stock Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ☐   No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes ☒   No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer  ☒	Accelerated filer  ☐	Non‑accelerated filer  ☐  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company☐	Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes ☐   No ☒

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, September 23, 2017, was approximately $1,650,500,000.

As of May 18, 2018, 32,861,151 shares of the registrant's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Certain portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement (to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A) for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held August 14, 2018 (the "Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	12
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	17
Item 2.	Properties	17
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	18
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	18
PART II
Item 5.	Market for the Company's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	19
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	20
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	21
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	27
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	28
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	61
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	61
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	63
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	63
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	63
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence	63
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	63
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	64
Item 16.	Form 10-K Summary	68
Signatures		69

2

PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not historical facts, including (without limitation) statements made in this Item and in “Item 1. Business”, may contain statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements made pursuant to the Safe Harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words “anticipates”, “believes”, “contemplates”, “expects”, “see”, “could”, “may”, “estimate”, “appear”, “intend”, “plans” and variations thereof and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed.  These factors include, but are not necessarily limited to, product demand, dependence on and competition within the primary markets in which Monro, Inc.’s (“Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”) stores are located, the need for and costs associated with store renovations and other capital expenditures, the effect of economic conditions, seasonality, the impact of weather conditions and natural disasters, the impact of competitive services and pricing, parts supply restraints or difficulties, our dependence on vendors, including foreign vendors, industry regulation, risks relating to leverage and debt service (including sensitivity to fluctuations in interest rates), continued availability of capital resources and financing, advances in automotive technologies, disruption or unauthorized access to our computer systems, risks relating to protection of customer and employee personal data, business interruptions, risks relating to litigation, risks related to the accuracy of the estimates and assumptions we used to revalue our net deferred tax asset in accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), risks relating to integration of acquired businesses, including goodwill impairment and the risks set forth in “Item 1A.  Risk Factors”.  Except as required by law, we do not undertake and specifically disclaim any obligation to update any forward looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

Item 1. Business

GENERAL

Monro is a chain of 1,150 Company-operated stores (as of March 31, 2018), 102 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and two dealer-operated stores providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  At March 31, 2018, Monro operated Company stores in 27 states, including Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin, primarily under the names “Monro Muffler Brake & Service”, “Tread Quarters Discount Tire”, “Mr. Tire”, “Autotire Car Care Center”, “Tire Warehouse”, “Tire Barn Warehouse”, “Ken Towery’s Tire & Auto Care”, “The Tire Choice” and “Car-X”.  Company-operated stores typically are situated in high-visibility locations in suburban areas and small towns, as well as in major metropolitan areas.  Company-operated stores serviced approximately 6.2 million vehicles in fiscal 2018.  (References herein to fiscal years are to the Company's year ended fiscal March [e.g., references to "fiscal 2018" are to the Company's fiscal year ended March 31, 2018].)

The predecessor to the Company was founded by Charles J. August in 1957 as a Midas Muffler franchise in Rochester, New York, specializing in mufflers and exhaust systems.  The Company was incorporated in the State of New York in 1959.  In 1966, we discontinued our affiliation with Midas Muffler, and began to diversify into a full line of undercar repair services.  An investor group led by Peter J. Solomon and Donald Glickman purchased a controlling interest in the Company in July 1984.  At that time, Monro operated 59 stores, located primarily in upstate New York, with approximately $21 million in sales in fiscal 1984.  Since 1984, we have continued our growth and have expanded our marketing area to include 26 additional states.

Effective as of August 1, 2017, Brett T. Ponton began his role as President of the Company upon the resignation of John W. Van Heel.  Further, upon the expiration of Mr. Van Heel’s term of employment on October 1, 2017, Mr. Ponton assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer, effective as of October 2, 2017.

The Company's principal executive offices are located at 200 Holleder Parkway, Rochester, New York 14615, and our telephone number is (585) 647-6400.

Monro provides a broad range of services on passenger cars, light trucks and vans for brakes; mufflers and exhaust systems; and steering, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment.  Monro also provides other products and services, including tires and routine maintenance services, including state inspections.  Monro specializes in the repair and replacement of parts which must be periodically replaced as they wear out.  Normal wear on these parts generally is not covered by new car warranties.  Monro typically does not perform under-the-hood repair services except for oil change services, various “flush and fill” services and some minor tune-up services. 

3

All of the Company-operated stores, except Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores, provide the services described above.  Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores only sell tires and tire related services and alignments.  However, a growing number of our Company-operated stores are more specialized in tire replacement and service and, accordingly, have a higher mix of sales in the tire category.  These Company-operated stores are described below as tire stores, whereas the remaining stores are described as service stores.  (See additional discussion under “Operations”.)  Included in the number of Company-operated stores described as tire stores are certain locations that also service commercial customers.  Our locations that serve commercial customers conduct tire and automotive repair activities that are similar to our retail locations, other than with respect to the sales mix resulting from the sale of commercial tires.  At March 31, 2018, there were 542 stores designated as service stores and 608 as tire stores.

During fiscal 2017, we acquired four wholesale locations and one retread facility located in North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee in connection with the Clark Tire & Auto, Inc. acquisition that operate under the Tires Now name.  Additionally during fiscal 2017, we acquired one retread facility located in Florida in connection with the McGee Tire Stores, Inc. acquisition that operates under the McGee Tire name.  (See additional discussion under Note 2 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.)

As of March 31, 2018, Monro had five wholesale locations and two retread facilities.  The wholesale locations, in most cases, sell tires to customers for resale, although these tire sales do not include installation or other tire related services.  The retread facilities re-manufacture tires through the replacement of tread on worn tires that are later sold to customers.

Our sales mix for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was as follows:

	Service Stores						Tire Stores						Total Company
	FY18		FY17		FY16		FY18		FY17		FY16		FY18		FY17		FY16
Brakes	23	%	23	%	25	%	9	%	9	%	10	%	13	%	13	%	15	%
Exhaust	7		8		9		1		1		1		2		2		3
Steering	11		11		11		8		8		9		8		9		10
Tires	23		22		20		60		59		56		50		49		45
Maintenance	36		36		35		22		23		24		27		27		27
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%	100	%

The Company has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC.

Monro Service Corporation, a Delaware corporation qualified to do business in the states of Kentucky, Maryland, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia, holds all assets, rights, responsibilities and liabilities associated with our warehousing, purchasing, advertising, accounting, office services, payroll, cash management and certain other operations that are performed in the aforementioned states.  We believe that this structure has enhanced operational efficiency and provides cost savings.

On April 25, 2015, we acquired the Car-X brand, as well as the franchise rights for 146 auto service centers from Car-X Associates Corp.  Car-X, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, operates as the franchisor through a standard royalty agreement, while Car-X remains a separate and independent brand and business with franchise operations based in Illinois.

As of March 31, 2018, Monro had 101 Car-X franchised locations.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.  The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Demand for automotive repair services, including undercar repair and tire sales and services is correlated to the overall number of vehicles in operation and the increasing average age of vehicles, and to a lesser extent, with increased average miles driven.  The number of vehicles in operation is expected to continue to grow over the next several years, with vehicles six years or older representing the vast majority of this growth.  This is in contrast to the past several years in which the number of vehicles six to 12 years old declined significantly in response to the lower volume of new vehicles sold during 2008 to 2012.  Additionally, vehicles continue to increase in complexity, making it more difficult for a vehicle owner to perform do-it-yourself repairs.

At the same time as demand for automotive repair services has grown, the number of general repair outlets has decreased.  We believe that these factors present opportunities for increased sales by the Company.

4

EXPANSION STRATEGY

Monro has experienced significant growth in recent years through acquisitions and, to a lesser extent, the opening of newly constructed stores.  Management believes that the continued growth in sales and profits of the Company is dependent, in large part, upon our continued ability to open/acquire and operate new stores on a profitable basis.  Overall profitability of the Company may not meet expectations if acquired or new stores do not attain expected profitability.

Monro believes that there are significant expansion opportunities in new as well as existing market areas, which may result from a combination of constructing stores on vacant land and acquiring existing store locations as well as purchasing existing businesses.  We believe that, as the industry consolidates due to the increasingly complex nature of automotive repair, the expanded capital requirements for state-of-the-art equipment and aging of existing shop owners, there will be increasing opportunities for acquisitions of existing businesses or store structures.

In that regard, we have completed many acquisitions, including:

Date of Acquisition	Seller	Number of Stores Acquired (a) (b)		Location of Stores	Current Brand (c)
August 2013	Curry's Automotive Group	10		MD, VA	Curry's/Mr. Tire
November 2013	Carl King Tire Co., Inc.	6		DE, MD	Mr. Tire
June 2014	Kan Rock Tire Company, Inc.	9	(d)	MI	Monro
June 2014	Lentz U.S.A. Service Centers, Inc.	10	(d)	MI	Monro
August 2014	Hennelly Tire & Auto, Inc.	35		FL	The Tire Choice
September 2014	Wood & Fullerton Stores, LLC	9		GA	Mr. Tire
December 2014	Gold Coast Tire & Auto Centers	9		FL	The Tire Choice
March 2015	Martino Tire Stores	8		FL	The Tire Choice
August 2015	Kost Tire Distributors, Inc.	27		NY, PA	Mr. Tire
May 2016	McGee Tire Stores, Inc.	29	(e)	FL	The Tire Choice
September 2016	Clark Tire & Auto, Inc.	26	(f)	NC	Mr. Tire
February 2017	Nona, Inc.	16		IL, IA	Car-X
July 2017	UVR, Inc.	13	(d)	MI	Monro
August 2017	Auto MD, LLC	8		IL, IN	Car-X
March 2018	Appalachian Tire Products, Inc.	7		KY, OH, VA, WV	Mr. Tire

_________________

(a) Table includes only acquisitions of five or more Company-operated stores for the five-year fiscal period ended March 31, 2018.

(b) Nine stores were subsequently closed due to redundancies or failure to achieve an acceptable level of profitability.  See additional discussion under “Store Additions and Closings”.

(c) In this table, “Monro” refers to the brand of “Monro Brake ∙ Tire” or “Monro Muffler Brake & Service”, not the corporation.

(d) One acquired store was never opened.

(e) One retread facility was also acquired and is operating under the McGee Tire name.

(f) Four wholesale locations and one retread facility were also acquired and are operating under the Tires Now name.

5

As of March 31, 2018, Monro had 1,150 Company-operated stores, 102 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and two dealer locations located in 27 states.  The following table shows the growth in the number of Company-operated stores over the last five fiscal years:

STORE ADDITIONS AND CLOSINGS (a)

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016		2015		2014
Stores open at beginning of year	1,118		1,029		999		953		937
Stores added during year	49	(c)	105	(d)	52	(e)	92	(f)	29	(g)
Stores closed during year (b)	(17)		(16)		(22)		(46)		(13)
Stores open at end of year	1,150		1,118		1,029		999		953
Service (including BJ’s) stores	542		534		515		509		532
Tire stores	608		584		514		490		421

_________________

(a) Table includes only Company-operated stores.  No franchised, wholesale, retread or dealer locations are included.

(b) Generally, stores were closed because they failed to achieve or maintain an acceptable level of profitability or because a new company store was opened in the same market at a more favorable location.  Additionally, in fiscal 2015, we closed the 34 remaining stores operated in BJ’s Wholesale Clubs. 

(c) Includes 45 stores acquired in the fiscal 2018 Acquisitions.  (Excludes the UVR, Inc. store that was never opened.)

(d) Includes 90 stores acquired in the fiscal 2017 Acquisitions.

(e) Includes 40 stores acquired in the fiscal 2016 Acquisitions. 

(f) Includes 85 stores acquired in the fiscal 2015 Acquisitions.  (Excludes the Kan Rock (1) and Lentz (1) stores that were never opened.)

(g) Includes 24 stores acquired in the fiscal 2014 Acquisitions.

We plan to add approximately 20 to 40 new greenfield stores in fiscal 2019 and to pursue appropriate acquisition candidates.  Greenfield stores include new construction as well as the acquisition of one to four store operations.

Key factors in market and site selection for selecting new greenfield store locations include population, demographic characteristics, vehicle population and the intensity of competition.  Monro attempts to cluster stores in market areas in order to achieve economies of scale in advertising, supervision and distribution costs.  All new greenfield sites presently under consideration are within Monro's established market areas.

As a result of extensive analysis of our historical and projected store opening strategy, we have established major market profiles, as defined by market awareness: mature, existing and new markets.  Over the next several years, we expect to build or acquire a greater percentage of stores in mature and existing markets in order to capitalize on our market presence and consumer awareness.  During fiscal 2018, 42 of the stores added (including acquired stores) were located in existing markets and seven stores were added in new markets.

Monro has a chain-wide computerized inventory control and point-of-sale (“POS”) management information system, which has increased management's ability to monitor operations as the number of stores has grown.  We have customized the POS system to specific service and tire store requirements and deploy the appropriate version in each type of store.  The system includes the following:

· Entry of a license plate and state automatically fills in vehicle identification number (“VIN”), year, make, and model.  This provides accurate VIN, year, make, and model information while simplifying the estimate process at the store;

· Online catalogs and online parts ordering directly with vendors;

· Electronic mail and electronic cataloging, which allows store managers to electronically research the specific parts needed for the make and model of the car being serviced;

· Electronic repair manuals that allow for instant access to a single source of accurate, up-to-date, original equipment manufacturer-direct diagnosis, repair and maintenance information;

· Software which contains data that mirrors the scheduled maintenance requirements in vehicle owner’s manuals, specifically by make, model, year and mileage for every major automobile brand.  Management believes that this software facilitates the presentation and sale of scheduled maintenance services to customers;

· Streamlining of estimating and other processes;

· Graphic catalogs;

· A feature which facilitates tire searches by size;

6

· Direct mail support;

· Appointment scheduling;

· Customer service history;

· A thermometer graphic which guides store managers on the profitability of each job;

· The ability to view inventory of up to the closest 14 stores or warehouse; and

· Expanded monitoring of price changes. This requires more specificity on the reason for a discount, which management believes helps to control discounting.

Enhancements will continue to be made to the POS system in an effort to increase efficiency, improve the quality and timeliness of store reporting and enable us to better serve our customers.

The financing to build a new greenfield service store location may be accomplished in one of three ways: (i) a store lease for the land and building (in which case, land and building costs will be financed primarily by the lessor), (ii) a land lease with the building constructed by Monro (with building costs paid by Monro), or (iii) a land purchase with the building constructed by Monro.  In all three cases, for service stores, each new store also will require approximately $225,000 for equipment (including a POS system and a truck) and approximately $55,000 in inventory.  Because we generally do not extend credit to most customers, stores generate almost no receivables and a new store's actual net working capital investment is nominal.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield service store ranges, on average, from $360,000 to $990,000 depending on the location and which of the three financing methods is used.  In general, tire stores are larger and have more service bays than Monro’s traditional service stores and, as a result, construction costs are at the high end of the range of new store construction costs.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield tire (land and building leased) location costs, on average, approximately $600,000, including $250,000 for equipment and $150,000 for inventory.  In instances where Monro acquires an existing business, it may pay additional amounts for intangible assets such as customer lists, covenants not-to-compete, trade names and goodwill, but generally will pay less per bay for equipment and real property.  

At March 31, 2018, we leased the land and/or the building at approximately 71% of our store locations and owned the land and building at the remaining locations.  Monro's policy is to situate new stores in the best locations, without regard to the form of ownership required to develop the locations.

New service and tire stores, (excluding acquired stores), have average sales of approximately $400,000 and $1,050,000, respectively, in their first 12 months of operation, or $67,000 and $150,000, respectively, per bay.

STORE OPERATIONS

Store Format

The typical format for a Monro store is a free-standing building consisting of a sales area, fully-equipped service bays and a parts/tires storage area.  Most service bays are equipped with above-ground electric vehicle lifts.  Generally, each store is located within 25 miles of a “key” store which carries approximately double the inventory of a typical store and serves as a mini-distribution point for slower moving inventory for other stores in its area.  Individual store sizes, number of bays and stocking levels vary greatly, even within the service and tire store groups, and are dependent primarily on the availability of suitable store locations, population, demographics and intensity of competition among other factors.  (See additional discussion under “Store Additions and Closings”).  A summary of average store data for service and tire stores is presented below:

					Average
					Number
	Average	Average			of Stock
	Number	Square	Average		Keeping
	of Bays	Feet	Inventory		Units (SKUs)
Service stores	6	4,600	$	95,000	2,100
Tire stores (excluding Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn   Warehouse stores)	8	6,600	$	133,000	1,300

Data for the Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores has been excluded because these locations primarily install new tires and wheels and many perform alignments.  Additionally, most Tire Warehouse stores have one indoor service bay to perform alignments.  The store building houses a waiting room, storage area and an area to mount and balance tires on the car’s wheels once the wheels and tires have been removed from the car.  Removal of old tires and wheels from, and installation of new tires and wheels on, customers’ cars are performed outdoors under a carport.  The average inventory carried by the Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores is $230,000 per store.

Stores generally are situated in high-visibility locations in suburban areas, major metropolitan areas or small towns and offer easy customer access.  The typical store is open from 7:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday and from 7:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on Saturday.  A majority of store locations are also open Sundays from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

7

Inventory Control and Management Information System

All Company stores communicate daily with the central office and warehouse by computerized inventory control and electronic POS management information systems, which enable us to collect sales and operational data on a daily basis, to adjust store pricing to reflect local conditions and to control inventory on a near "real-time" basis.  Additionally, each store has access, through the POS system, to the inventory carried by up to the 14 stores or warehouse nearest to it.  Management believes that this feature improves customer satisfaction and store productivity by reducing the time required to locate out-of-stock parts and tires.  It also improves profitability because it reduces the amount of inventory which must be purchased outside Monro from local vendors.

Quality Control and Warranties

To maintain quality control, we conduct audits to rate our employees' telephone sales manner and the accuracy of pricing information given.

We have a customer review and survey program to monitor customer attitudes toward service quality, friendliness, speed of service, and overall customer experience for each store.  Customer concerns are addressed by customer service and field management personnel.

Monro uses a “Double Check for Accuracy Program” as part of our routine store procedures.  This quality assurance program requires that a technician and supervisory-level employee independently inspect a customer’s vehicle, diagnose and document the necessary repairs, and agree on an estimate before presenting it to a customer.  This process is formally documented on the written estimate by store personnel. 

We are an active member of the Automotive Maintenance & Repair Association (“AMRA”).  AMRA is an organization of automotive retailers, wholesalers and manufacturers which was established as part of an industry-wide effort to address the ethics and business practices of companies in the automotive repair industry through the Motorist Assurance Program (“MAP”).  Participating companies commit to improving consumer confidence and trust in the automotive repair industry by adopting “Uniform Inspection Communication Standards” (“UICS”) established by MAP.  These “UICS” are available in our stores and serve to provide consistent recommendations to customers in the diagnosis and repair of a vehicle.

We offer limited warranties on substantially all of the products and services that we provide.  We believe that these warranties are competitive with industry practices and serve as a marketing tool to increase repeat business at our stores.

Store Personnel and Training

Monro supervises store operations primarily through our Divisional Vice Presidents who oversee Zone Managers who, in turn, oversee District Managers.  The typical service store is staffed by a Store Manager and four to six technicians, one of whom serves as the Assistant Manager.  The typical tire store, except Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn stores, is staffed by a Store Manager, an Assistant Manager and/or Service Manager, and four to eight technicians.  Larger volume service and tire stores may also have one or two sales people.  The higher staffing level at many tire stores is necessary to support their higher sales volume.  Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn stores are generally staffed by a Store Manager and two to four technicians, one of whom serves as the Assistant Manager.  All Store Managers receive a base salary and Assistant Managers receive either hourly or salaried compensation.  In addition, Store Managers and Assistant Managers may receive other compensation based on their store's customer relations, store profit, sales volume and other factors via a monthly or quarterly bonus based on performance in these areas.

We believe that the ability to recruit and retain qualified technicians is an important competitive factor in the automotive repair industry, which has historically experienced a high turnover rate.  We make a concerted effort to recruit individuals who will have a long-term commitment to the Company and offer an hourly rate structure and additional compensation based on productivity; a competitive benefits package including health, dental, life and disability insurance; a 401(k)/profit-sharing plan; as well as the opportunity to advance within the Company.  Many of our Store Managers and District Managers started with the Company as technicians.

Many of our new technicians join the Company in their early twenties as trainees or apprentices.  As they progress, many are promoted to technician and eventually master technician, the latter requiring Automotive Service Excellence (“ASE”) certification in eight different categories.  We will reimburse technicians for the cost of ASE certification registration fees and test fees and encourage all technicians to become certified by providing a higher hourly wage rate following their certification.  We also offer free online ASE certification preparation courses, as well as a tool purchase program through which trainee technicians can acquire their own set of tools.

Our training program provides multiple training sessions to both Store Managers and technicians in each store, each year. 

8

Management training courses are developed and delivered by our dedicated training department and operations management, and are supplemented with live and on-line vendor training courses.  Management training covers safety, customer service, sales, human resources (counseling, recruiting, interviewing, etc.), leadership, scheduling, financial and operational areas, and is delivered on a regular basis.  We believe that involving operations management in the development and delivery of these sessions results in more relevant and actionable training for Store Managers, and helps to improve overall performance and staff retention. 

Our training department develops and coordinates technical training courses on critical areas of automotive repair to Monro technicians (e.g. Antilock braking systems (“ABS”) brake repair, drivability, tire pressure monitoring system (“TPMS”), etc.) and also conducts required technical training to maintain compliance with state inspection licenses, where applicable, and AMRA/MAP accreditation.  Additionally, our training department holds periodic field technical clinics for store personnel and coordinates technician attendance at technical clinics offered by our vendors.  We have electronic repair manuals installed in all of our stores for daily reference.  We also issue technical bulletins to all stores on innovative or complex repair processes, and maintain a centralized database for technical repair problems.  In addition, Monro has established a telephone technical help line to provide assistance to store personnel in resolving problems encountered while diagnosing and repairing vehicles.  The help line is available during all hours of store operation.  In March 2017, we introduced a comprehensive set of on-line courses in automotive repair and tire service for our technicians to participate in.  These courses are offered at no cost to our employees.

Monro also maintains an employee website that contains many resources for both managers and technicians to reference including Human Resource information and forms.  Additionally, there is a Facilities section containing important environmental and equipment information, as well as a Training section that contains training programs, including on-line training videos, and documents for both managers and technicians.

OPERATIONS

Monro provides our customers with a wide range of dependable, high-quality tire and automotive services at a competitive price by emphasizing the following key elements.

Products and Services

The typical store provides a full range of undercar repair services for brakes, steering, mufflers and exhaust systems, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment, as well as tire replacement and service.  These services apply to all makes and models of domestic and foreign cars, light trucks and vans.  As a percentage of sales, the service stores provide significantly more brake and maintenance services than tire stores, and tire stores provide substantially more tire replacement and related services than service stores.

Stores generally provide many of the routine maintenance services (except engine diagnostic), which automobile manufacturers suggest or require in the vehicle owner’s manuals, and which fulfill manufacturers’ requirements for new car warranty compliance.  We offer "Scheduled Maintenance" services in our stores whereby the aforementioned services are packaged and offered to consumers based upon the year, make, model and mileage of each specific vehicle.  Management believes that we offer this service in a more convenient and cost competitive fashion than auto dealers can provide.

Included in maintenance services are oil change services, heating and cooling system "flush and fill" service, belt installation, fuel system service and a transmission "flush and fill" service.  Additionally, most stores replace and service batteries, starters and alternators.  Stores in certain states also perform annual state inspections.  Additionally, approximately 68% of our stores offer air conditioning services.

The format of the Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores are slightly different from Monro’s typical service or tire stores (as described above) in that, generally, over 93% of the stores’ sales involve tire services, including the mounting and balancing of tires, and the sale of road hazard warranties.  Most of these stores also provide the installation of wiper blades.  Currently, 78% of Tire Warehouse and 90% of Tire Barn Warehouse stores perform alignments.  In fiscal year 2019, Monro plans to expand the number of Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores offering alignment services to 85% of total stores, as compared to 82% of total Tire Warehouse and Tire Barn Warehouse stores offering alignment services in fiscal 2018.

9

Customer Satisfaction

Monro’s vision is to be America’s leading chain of tire and auto service centers, trusted by consumers as the best place for quality, professional tire and vehicle service within the neighborhoods we serve.  To achieve our vision, we exceed our customers’ expectations through focus on the following guiding principles each day:

· Recognize each customer as a guest in our store;

· Work hard to earn the trust of that guest and to strengthen that trust, one visit at a time;

· Respect our guests’ time and the significant part their vehicles play in their lives; and

· Build long-term loyalty based on daily efforts grounded in integrity, consistency, competency and professionalism.

In support of our commitment to customer service, each Company-operated store operates under the following set of customer satisfaction principles: free inspection of brakes, tires, shocks, front end and exhaust systems (as applicable); item-by-item review with customers of problem areas; free written estimates; written guarantees; drive-in service without an appointment; fair and reasonable prices; a 30-day best price guarantee; and repairs by professionally-trained undercar and tire specialists.  (See additional discussion under “Store Operations: Quality Control and Warranties”)

Competitive Pricing, Advertising and Co-branding Initiatives

Monro seeks to set competitive prices for quality services and products.  We support our pricing strategy with special offers and coupons distributed through a variety of channels including: direct mail, e-mail, digital advertising, newspaper, promotional store signage and in-store displays.  In addition, to increase consumer awareness of the services we offer, Monro advertises through radio, cable television and yellow page advertising.  Our digital marketing efforts include paid and organic search on all major search engines, search remarketing and banner and mobile advertising.  We also manage social media profiles on a variety of platforms.

Our websites include www.Monro.com,  www.MrTire.com,  www.TQTire.com,  www.AutoTire.com,  www.TireWarehouse.net,  www.KenTowery.com,  www.TireBarn.com,  www.TheTireChoice.com and www.Tiresnowonline.com.  These websites help customers search for store locations, print coupons, make service appointments, shop for tires and access information on our services and products, as well as car care tips.

Monro currently maintains mobile apps on the iPhone and Android platforms that enable customers to access information, coupons and specials and make appointments on their smart phones, as they do on our websites.

Centralized Control

While we both operate and franchise stores, we believe that direct operation of stores enhances our ability to compete by providing centralized control of such areas of operations as service quality, store appearance, promotional activity and pricing.  We also believe our experience in operating stores makes us a more valuable partner to our franchisees.  A high level of competence is maintained throughout the Company, as we require as a condition of employment, that employees participate in periodic training programs, including sales, management, customer service and changes in automotive technology.  Additionally, purchasing, distribution, merchandising, advertising, accounting and other store support functions are centralized primarily in Monro's corporate headquarters in Rochester, New York and are provided through our subsidiary, Monro Service Corporation.  The centralization of these functions results in efficiencies and gives management the ability to closely monitor and control costs.

Comprehensive Training

We provide ongoing and comprehensive training to our store employees.  We believe that such training provides a competitive advantage by enabling our technicians to provide quality service to our customers in all areas of undercar repair and tire service.  (See additional discussion under “Store Operations: Store Personnel and Training”)

PURCHASING AND DISTRIBUTION

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Monro Service Corporation, we select and purchase tires, parts and supplies for all Company-operated stores on a centralized basis through an automatic replenishment system.  Although purchases outside the centralized system are made when needed at the store level, these purchases are low by industry standards and accounted for approximately 20% of all parts and tires used in fiscal 2018.

Our ten largest vendors accounted for approximately 77% of our parts and tire purchases, with the largest vendor accounting for approximately 26% of total stocking purchases in fiscal 2018.  In fiscal 2018, Monro imported approximately 20% of our parts and tire purchases.  We purchase parts, oil and tires from approximately 120 vendors.  Management believes that our relationships with vendors are excellent and that alternative sources of supply exist, at comparable cost, for substantially all parts used in our business.  We routinely obtain bids from vendors to ensure we are receiving competitive pricing and terms.

10

Most parts are shipped by vendors to our primary warehouse facility in Rochester, New York, and are distributed to stores by the Monro-operated tractor/trailer fleet.  The majority of tires are shipped to our stores directly by vendors pursuant to orders placed by our headquarters staff.  Stores are replenished at least bi-weekly from our Rochester warehouse, and such replenishment fills, on average, 97% of all items ordered by the stores' automatic POS-driven replenishment system.  The Rochester warehouse stocks approximately 2,800 SKUs.  Monro also operates warehouses in Maryland, Virginia, New Hampshire, Kentucky, North Carolina (including two warehouse locations), South Carolina, and Tennessee.  These warehouses carry, on average, 1,400, 100, 800, 3,300, 5,200, 3,200, 3,000, and 2,500 SKUs, respectively.

We enter into contracts with certain parts and tire suppliers, some of which require us to buy (at market competitive prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  These agreements expire at various dates.  We believe these agreements provide us with high quality, branded merchandise at preferred pricing, along with strong marketing and training support.

COMPETITION

Monro competes in the automotive service and tire industry.  This industry is generally highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary widely from region to region.  We believe that competition in this industry is based on customer service and reputation, store location, name awareness and price.  Monro's primary competitors include national and regional undercar, tire specialty and general automotive service chains, both franchised and company-operated; car dealerships, mass merchandisers’ operating service centers; and, to a lesser extent, gas stations, independent garages and Internet tire sellers.  Monro considers TBC Corporation (operating under the NTB, Merchant’s Tire, Midas and Tire Kingdom brands), Firestone Complete Auto Care service stores, The Pep Boys – Manny, Moe and Jack service stores, Meineke Discount Mufflers Inc., and Mavis Discount Tire to be direct competitors.  In most of the new markets that we have entered, at least one competitor was already present.  In identifying new markets, we analyze, among other factors, the intensity of competition.  (See "Expansion Strategy” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations")

EMPLOYEES

As of March 31, 2018, Monro had 7,878 employees, of whom 7,360 were employed in the field organization, 224 were employed at the warehouses, 234 were employed at our corporate headquarters and 60 were employed in other offices.  Monro's employees are not members of any union.  We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

REGULATION

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and governmental regulations relating to the operation of our business, including, among other things, those regarding employment and labor practices, workplace safety, zoning and the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances contained in the products that we sell and use in our service bays, the recycling of batteries, tires and used lubricants, and the ownership and operation of real property.  We maintain programs to facilitate compliance with these laws and regulations.  We believe that we are in compliance with all applicable environmental and other laws and regulations, and our related compliance costs are not material.

Monro stores new oil and recycled antifreeze and generates and/or handles used tires and automotive oils, antifreeze and certain solvents, which are disposed of by licensed third-party contractors.  In certain states, as required, we also recycle oil filters.  Accordingly, we are subject to numerous federal, state and local environmental laws including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”).  In addition, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA"), under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act ("RCRA"), as well as various state and local environmental protection agencies, regulate our handling and disposal of certain waste products and other materials.  The EPA, under the Clean Air Act, also regulates the installation of catalytic converters by periodically spot checking repair jobs, and may impose sanctions, including but not limited to civil penalties up to $37,500 per violation (or up to $37,500 per day for certain willful violations or failures to cooperate with authorities), for violations of RCRA and the Clean Air Act. 

Monro strives to maintain an environmentally conscious corporate culture.  Among other things, Monro endeavors to take advantage of various recycling opportunities at our offices, warehouses and stores.  For example, cardboard, plastic shrink wrap and parts’ cores are returned to our Rochester warehouse on Monro stock trucks where they are accumulated for sale to recycling companies or returned to parts manufacturers for credit.

11

SEASONALITY

Although our business is not highly seasonal, customers do purchase more undercar service during the period of March through October than the period of November through February, when miles driven tend to be lower.  In the tire stores, the better sales months are typically May through August, and October through December.  The slowest months are typically January through April and September.  As a result, profitability is typically lower during slower sales months, or months where mix is more heavily weighted toward tires, which is a lower margin category.  Additionally, since our stores are primarily located in the northeastern and midwestern United States, profitability tends to be lower in the winter months when certain costs, such as utilities and snow plowing, are typically higher.

COMPANY INFORMATION AND SEC FILINGS

Monro maintains a website at www.monro.com and makes its annual, quarterly and periodic Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings available through the Investor Information section of that website.  Monro’s SEC filings are available through this website free of charge, via a direct link to the SEC website at www.sec.gov.  Any materials that we file with the SEC are also available to the public at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1‑800‑SEC‑0330.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In addition to the risks discussed elsewhere in this annual report, the following are the important factors that could cause Monro’s actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward looking statements:

We operate in the highly competitive automotive repair industry.

The automotive repair industry in which we operate is generally highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of our competitors varies widely from region to region.  We believe that competition in the industry is based primarily on customer service, reputation, store location, name awareness and price.  Our primary competitors include national and regional undercar, tire specialty and general automotive service chains, both franchised and company-operated, car dealerships, mass merchandisers operating service centers and, to a lesser extent, gas stations, independent garages and Internet tire sellers.  Some of our competitors have greater financial resources, are more geographically diverse and have better name recognition than we do, which might place us at a competitive disadvantage to those competitors.  Because we seek to offer competitive prices, if our competitors reduce prices, we may be forced to reduce our prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.  Further, our success within this industry also depends upon our ability to respond in a timely manner to changes in customer demands for both products and services.  We cannot assure that we, or any of our stores, will be able to compete effectively.  If we are unable to compete successfully in new and existing markets, we may not achieve our projected revenue and profitability targets.

We are subject to seasonality and cycles in the general economy and customers’ use of vehicles, which may impact demand for our products and services.

Although our business is not highly seasonal, our customers typically purchase more undercar services during the period of March through October than the period of November through February, when miles driven tend to be lower. Further, customers may defer or forego vehicle maintenance at any time during periods of inclement weather. In the tire stores, the better sales months are typically May through August, and October through December. The slowest months are typically January through April and September. As a result, profitability is typically lower during slower sales months or months where mix is more heavily weighted toward tires, which is a lower margin category.

Additionally, for our stores located in the northeastern and midwestern United States, profitability tends to be lower in the winter months when certain costs, such as utilities and snow plowing, are typically higher.  Sales can also be volatile in these areas in reaction to warm weather in winter months or severe weather, which can result in store closures.

We purchase products such as oil and tires, which are subject to cost variations related to commodity costs.  If we cannot pass along cost increases, our profitability would be negatively impacted.

Further, our industry is influenced by the number of miles driven by automobile owners.  Factors that may cause the number of miles driven by automobile owners to decrease include the weather, travel patterns, gas prices and, as discussed above, fluctuations in the general economy.  Should a significant reduction in the number of miles driven by automobile owners occur, it would likely have an adverse effect on the demand for our products and services. For example, when the retail cost of gasoline increases, the number of miles driven by automobile owners may decrease, which could result in less frequent service intervals and fewer repairs.  Accordingly, a significant reduction in the number of miles driven by automobile owners could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

12

Changes in economic conditions that impact consumer spending could harm our business.

The automotive repair industry and our financial performance are sensitive to changes in overall economic conditions that impact consumer spending.  Future economic conditions affecting consumer income such as employment levels, business conditions, interest rates, and tax rates could reduce consumer spending or cause consumers to shift their spending to other products.  During periods of good economic conditions, consumers may decide to purchase new vehicles rather than servicing their older vehicles.  A general reduction in the level of consumer spending or shifts in consumer spending to other services could have a material adverse effect on our growth, sales and profitability.

We depend on our relationships with our vendors, including foreign sources, for certain inventory.  Our business may be negatively affected by the risks associated with such relationships and international trade.

We depend on close relationships with our vendors for parts, tires and supplies and for our ability to purchase products at competitive prices and terms.  Our ability to purchase at competitive prices and terms results from the volume of our purchases from these vendors.  We have entered into various contracts with parts suppliers that require us to buy from them (at market competitive prices) up to 100% of our annual purchases of specific products.  These agreements expire at various dates. 

We believe that alternative sources exist for most of the products we sell or use at our stores, and we would not expect the loss of any one supplier to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.  Our dependence on a small number of suppliers, however, subjects us to the risks of shortages and interruptions.  If any of our suppliers do not perform adequately or otherwise fail to distribute parts or other supplies to our stores, our inability to replace the suppliers in a timely manner and on acceptable terms could increase our costs and could cause shortages or interruptions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In addition, we depend on a number of products (e.g. brake parts, tires, oil filters) produced in foreign markets. The U.S. government has made proposals or indicated that it intends to take actions intended to address trade imbalances, which include encouraging increased production in the United States. These proposals could result in increased customs duties and the renegotiation of certain U.S. trade agreements, which in turn could cause an increase in the prices we pay for certain of the products we sell. Any changes in U.S. trade policies which result in increased costs which we are not able to offset with pricing increases of our own could adversely affect our financial performance.

We also face other risks associated with the delivery of inventory originating outside the United States, including:

· potential economic and political instability in countries where our suppliers are located;

· increases in shipping costs;

· transportation delays and interruptions;

· compliance with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which generally prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery or making other prohibited payments to foreign officials; and

· significant fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

Our industry is subject to environmental, consumer protection and other regulation.

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws, building and zoning requirements, employment and labor laws and other governmental regulations regarding the operation of our business.  For example, we are subject to rules governing the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances contained in some of the products such as motor oil that we sell and use at our stores, the recycling of batteries, tires and used lubricants, and the ownership and operation of real property.  These laws and regulations can impose fines and criminal sanctions for violations as well as require the installation of pollution control equipment or operational changes to decrease the likelihood of accidental hazardous substance releases.  Accordingly, we could become subject to material liabilities relating to the investigation and cleanup of contaminated properties, and to claims alleging personal injury or property damage as a result of exposure to, or release of, hazardous substances.  In addition, stricter interpretation of existing laws and regulations, new laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new or increased requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis of new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

13

National automotive repair chains have also been the subject of investigations and reports by consumer protection agencies and the Attorneys General of various states.  Publicity in connection with these kinds of investigations could have an adverse effect on our sales and, consequently, our business, financial condition and results of operations.  State and local governments have also enacted numerous consumer protection laws with which we must comply.

The costs of operating our stores may increase if there are changes in laws governing minimum hourly wages, working conditions, overtime, workers’ compensation and health insurance rates, unemployment tax rates or other laws and regulations.  A material increase in these costs that we were unable to offset by increasing our prices or by other means could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are involved in litigation from time to time arising from the operation of our business and, as such, we could incur substantial judgments, fines, legal fees or other costs.

We are sometimes the subject of complaints or litigation from customers, employees or other third parties for various actions.  From time to time, we are involved in litigation involving claims related to, among other things, breach of contract, negligence, tortious conduct and employment and labor law matters, including payment of wages.  The damages sought against us in some of these litigation proceedings could be substantial.  Although we maintain liability insurance for some litigation claims, if one or more of the claims were to greatly exceed our insurance coverage limits or if our insurance policies do not cover a claim, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Business interruptions may negatively impact our store operations, availability of products and/or the operability of our computer systems, which may have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.  A breach of our computer systems could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

If any of our locations in a particular region are unexpectedly closed permanently or for a period of time, it could have a negative impact on our business.  Such closures could occur as a result of circumstances out of our control, including war, acts of terrorism, extreme weather conditions and other natural disasters.  Further, if our ability to obtain products and merchandise for use in our stores is impeded, it could have a negative impact on our business.  Factors that could negatively affect our ability to obtain products and merchandise include the sudden inability to import goods into the United States, for any reason and the curtailment or delay of commercial transportation. While we do maintain business interruption insurance, there is no guarantee that we will be able to use such insurance for any particular location closure or other interruption in operations.

Additionally, given the number of individual transactions we process each year,  it is critical that we maintain uninterrupted operation of our computer and communications hardware and software systems. Our systems could be subject to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and telecommunications failures, computer viruses, security breaches, including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems that result in the compromise of confidential customer data, catastrophic events such as fires, tornadoes and hurricanes, and usage errors by our employees. If our systems are breached, damaged or cease to function properly, we may have to make a significant investment to fix or replace them, we may suffer interruptions in our operations in the interim, we may face costly litigation, and our reputation with our customers may be harmed.  The risk of disruption is increased in periods where complex and significant systems changes are undertaken.  Any material interruption in our computer operations may have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

If we experience a data security breach and confidential customer or employee information is disclosed, we may be subject to penalties and experience negative publicity, which could affect our customer relationships and have a material adverse effect on our business.  We may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these cyber security risks.

The nature of our business involves the receipt and storage of personally identifiable data of our customers and employees.  This type of data is subject to legislation and regulation in various jurisdictions. Data security breaches suffered by well-known companies and institutions have attracted a substantial amount of media attention, prompting state and federal legislative proposals addressing data privacy and security. We may become exposed to potential liabilities with respect to the data that we collect, manage and process, and may incur legal costs if our information security policies and procedures are not effective or if we are required to defend our methods of collection, processing and storage of personal data. Future investigations, lawsuits or adverse publicity relating to our methods of handling personal data could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows due to the costs and negative market reaction relating to such developments.

14

We may not have the resources or technical expertise to anticipate or prevent rapidly evolving types of cyber-attacks. Attacks may be targeted at us, our customers, or others who have entrusted us with information. Actual or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increased costs, including costs to hire additional personnel, purchase additional protection technologies, train employees, and engage third-party experts and consultants. In addition, data and security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including breach by us or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of personal or confidential information. Any compromise or breach of our security could result in violation of applicable privacy and other laws, significant legal and financial exposure, and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our reputation.

Our business is affected by advances in automotive technology.

The demand for our products and services could be adversely affected by continuing developments in automotive technology.  Automotive manufacturers are producing cars that last longer and require service and maintenance at less frequent intervals in certain cases.  Quality improvement of manufacturers’ original equipment parts has in the past reduced, and may in the future reduce, demand for our products and services, adversely affecting our sales.  For example, manufacturers’ use of stainless steel exhaust components has significantly increased the life of those parts, thereby decreasing the demand for exhaust repairs and replacements.  Longer and more comprehensive warranty or service programs offered by automobile manufacturers and other third parties also could adversely affect the demand for our products and services.  We believe that a majority of new automobile owners have their cars serviced by a dealer during the period that the car is under warranty.  In addition, advances in automotive technology continue to require us to incur additional costs to update our diagnostic capabilities and technical training programs.  Changes in vehicle and powertrain technology and advances in autonomous vehicles and mobility could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations or investors’ perception of our business, any of which could have an adverse effect upon the price of our common stock.

We may not be successful in integrating new and acquired stores.

Management believes that our continued growth in sales and profit is dependent, in large part, upon our ability to open/acquire and operate new stores on a profitable basis.  In order to do so, we must find reasonably priced new store locations and acquisition candidates that meet our criteria and we must integrate any new stores (opened or acquired) into our system.  Our growth and profitability could be adversely affected if we are unable to open or acquire new stores or if new or existing stores do not operate at a sufficient level of profitability.  If new stores do not achieve expected levels of profitability, this may adversely impact our ability to remain in compliance with our debt covenants or to make required payments under our credit facility.

Any impairment of goodwill, other intangible assets or long-lived assets could negatively impact our results of operations.

Our goodwill, other intangible assets or long-lived assets, are subject to an impairment test on an annual basis and are also tested whenever events and circumstances indicate that goodwill, intangible assets and/or long-lived assets may be impaired.  Any excess goodwill resulting from the impairment test must be written off in the period of determination.  Intangible assets (other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) and other long-lived assets are generally amortized or depreciated over the useful life of such assets.  In addition, from time to time, we may acquire or make an investment in a business that will require us to record goodwill based on the purchase price and the value of the acquired tangible and intangible assets.  We have significantly increased our goodwill as a result of our acquisitions.  We may subsequently experience unforeseen issues with the businesses we acquire, which may adversely affect the anticipated returns of the business or value of the intangible assets and trigger an evaluation of recoverability of the recorded goodwill and intangible assets.  Future determinations of significant write-offs of goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets, as a result of an impairment test or any accelerated amortization or depreciation of other intangible assets or other long-lived assets could have a material negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition.  We have completed our annual impairment test for goodwill, and have concluded that we do not have any impairment of goodwill for the year ended March 31, 2018.

Store closings result in acceleration of costs.

From time to time, in the ordinary course of our business, we close certain stores, generally based on considerations of store profitability, competition, strategic factors and other considerations.  Closing a store could subject us to costs including the write-down of leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture and fixtures.  In addition, we could remain liable for future lease obligations.

15

We rely on an adequate supply of skilled field personnel.

In order to continue to provide high quality services, we require an adequate supply of skilled field managers and technicians.  Trained and experienced automotive field personnel are in high demand, and may be in short supply in some areas.  We cannot assure that we will be able to attract, motivate and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our existing and future stores efficiently, or that labor expenses will not increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled field personnel, thereby adversely impacting our financial performance.  While the automotive repair industry generally operates with high field employee turnover, any material increases in employee turnover rates in our stores or any widespread employee dissatisfaction could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations, our liquidity will suffer and we may be unable to satisfy our obligations.

We currently rely on cash flow from operations and our Revolving Credit Facility to fund our business.  Amounts outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility are reported as debt on our balance sheet.  While we believe that we have the ability to sufficiently fund our planned operations and capital expenditures for the foreseeable future, various risks to our business could result in circumstances that would materially affect our liquidity.  For example, cash flows from our operations could be affected by changes in consumer spending habits, the failure to maintain favorable vendor payment terms or our inability to successfully implement sales growth initiatives, among other factors.  We may be unsuccessful in securing alternative financing when needed on terms that we consider acceptable.

In addition, a significant increase in our leverage could have the following risks:

· our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, store renovations, acquisitions or general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future;

· our failure to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants governing our debt, which, among other things, require us to comply with certain financial ratios and limit our ability to incur additional debt and sell assets, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and

· our exposure to certain financial market risks, including fluctuations in interest rates associated with bank borrowings could become more significant.

Although we believe that we will remain in compliance with our debt covenants, if we are not able to do so our lenders may restrict our ability to draw on our Revolving Credit Facility, which could have a negative impact on our operations and growth potential. 

We depend on the services of our key executives.

Our senior executives are important to our success because they have been instrumental in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying expansion opportunities and arranging necessary financing.  Losing the services of any of these individuals could adversely affect our business until a suitable replacement is found.  It may be difficult to replace them quickly with executives of comparable experience and capabilities.  Although we have employment agreements with certain of our executives, we cannot prevent them from terminating their employment with us.

New accounting guidance or changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could affect our financial performance adversely.

New accounting guidance may require systems and other changes that could increase our operating costs and/or change our financial statements.  For example, implementing accounting guidance related to leases will likely require us to make significant changes to our lease management system or other accounting systems, and will likely result in changes to our financial statements.  Additionally, implementing accounting guidance related to leases will likely impact certain performance metrics and financial ratios.

Unanticipated changes in the interpretation or application of existing accounting guidance could result in material charges or restatements of our financial statements, which may further result in litigation or regulatory actions which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

16

The effects of the Tax Act on our business have not yet been fully analyzed and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

On December 22, 2017, U.S. President Donald Trump signed into law the Tax Act.  The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to reducing the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Notwithstanding the reduction in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the Tax Act and our ongoing analysis thereof, is uncertain and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected due to anticipated guidance from the Internal Revenue Service about implementing the Tax Act and the potential for additional guidance from the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Financial Accounting Standards Board related to the Tax Act.  Given that guidance may still be forthcoming, no assurance can be made that future guidance will not adversely affect our business or financial condition.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could expose us to shareholder action including securities class action litigation.

The stock market and the price of our common stock may be subject to wide fluctuations based upon general economic and market conditions.  Downturns in the stock market may cause the price of our common stock to decline.  The market price of our stock may also be affected by our ability to meet analysts’ expectations.  Failure to meet such expectations, even slightly, could have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.  In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholder action including securities class action litigation has often been instituted against such a company.  If similar litigation were instituted against us, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The Company, through Monro Service Corporation, owns its office/warehouse facility of approximately 165,000 square feet, which is located on 12.7 acres of land in Holleder Technology Park, in Rochester, New York.  Monro Service Corporation also owns a second office/warehouse facility of approximately 28,000 square feet, which is located on 11.8 acres of land in Swanzey, New Hampshire.  We lease additional warehouse space in Maryland, Virginia, Kentucky, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee, and office space in Illinois and Florida for our Car-X franchise and McGee operations, respectively.  The Company also owns one retread facility in North Carolina.

Of Monro's 1,150 Company-operated stores at March 31, 2018, 330 were owned, 752 were leased and for 68 stores, only the land was leased.  In addition to the Company-operated stores, five wholesale locations and one retread facility were leased at March 31, 2018.  In general, we lease store sites for a ten-year period with several five-year renewal options.  Giving effect to all renewal options, approximately 65% of the leases (529 stores) expire after 2028.  Certain leases provide for contingent rental payments if a percentage of annual gross sales exceed the base fixed rental amount.  The highest contingent percentage rent of any lease is 10.0%, and no such lease has adversely affected profitability of the store subject thereto.  A former officer of Monro or members of his family are the lessors, or such former officer or family members have interests in entities that are the lessors, with respect to six of the leases.  No related party leases exist, other than these six leases, and no new related party leases are contemplated. 

17

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On December 13, 2017, the Company settled a litigation matter entitled Ellersick, et.al. v. Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and Monro Service Corporation (U.S. District Court, Western District of New York), together with related matters, which were first instituted in September 2010, regarding current and former Company technicians and assistant managers who alleged violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and various state laws relating to, among other things, overtime and unpaid wages.  The settlement amount of $1,950,000 is included within operating, selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for fiscal 2018.  Such amount was estimated by the Company to be less than the legal fees and expenses that the Company believed it would likely have incurred in connection with defending such matter during the twelve month period following settlement.

We are not a party or subject to any legal proceedings other than certain claims and lawsuits that arise in the normal course of our business.  We do not believe that such claims or lawsuits, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

18

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Company's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

MARKET INFORMATION

Monro’s common stock, par value $.01 per share, (the “Common Stock”) is traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol "MNRO".  The following table sets forth, for each quarter during the last two fiscal years, the range of high and low sales prices on the NASDAQ Stock Market for the Common Stock:

	Fiscal 2018				Fiscal 2017
Quarter Ended	High		Low		High		Low
June	$	55.00	$	42.15	$	73.86	$	56.15
September	$	52.52	$	39.65	$	70.78	$	55.24
December	$	59.28	$	45.45	$	62.07	$	52.05
March	$	64.15	$	50.25	$	61.10	$	51.65

HOLDERS

At May 18, 2018, Monro’s Common Stock was held by approximately 36 shareholders of record.  This figure does not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies.

DIVIDENDS

In May 2016, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.17 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

In May 2017, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.18 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2018. 

In May 2018, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.20 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 4, 2018.  The dividend will be paid on June 14, 2018.

The declaration of and determination as to the payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, compliance with charter and contractual restrictions, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  Under our Revolving Credit Facility, we are not permitted to pay cash dividends in excess of 50% of our preceding year’s net income.  For additional information regarding our Revolving Credit Facility, see Note 6 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

SALE OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

During fiscal 2017, 11,000 shares of our Class C Preferred Stock were converted into 250,000 shares of our common stock.  The shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Class C Preferred Stock were sold without registration in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

19

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data of Monro for each fiscal year in the five-year period ended March 31, 2018.  The financial data and certain operating data have been derived from Monro’s audited financial statements.  This data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes included under Item 8 of this report and in conjunction with other financial information included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

		Year Ended Fiscal March
		2018			2017			2016			2015			2014
		(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
Sales		$	1,127,815		$	1,021,511		$	943,651		$	894,492		$	831,432
Cost of sales, including distribution   and occupancy costs			692,241			624,622			557,948			541,142			511,458
Gross profit			435,574			396,889			385,703			353,350			319,974
Operating, selling, general and   administrative expenses			308,278			280,505			265,114			243,561			224,627
Operating income			127,296			116,384			120,589			109,789			95,347
Interest expense, net			24,296			19,768			15,542			11,342			9,470
Other income, net			(454)			(628)			(374)			(908)			(659)
Income before provision for income taxes			103,454			97,244			105,421			99,355			86,536
Provision for income taxes			39,519			35,718			38,616			37,556			32,077
Net income		$	63,935		$	61,526		$	66,805		$	61,799		$	54,459
Earnings per share	Basic (a)	$	1.94		$	1.88		$	2.07		$	1.94		$	1.72
	Diluted (a)	$	1.92		$	1.85		$	2.00		$	1.88		$	1.67
Weighted average number of    Common Shares and equivalents	Basic		32,767			32,413			32,026			31,605			31,394
	Diluted		33,341			33,301			33,353			32,944			32,642
Cash dividends per common share   or common share equivalent		$	0.72		$	0.68		$	0.60		$	0.52		$	0.44
Selected Operating Data:
Sales growth:
Total			10.4	%		8.3	%		5.5	%		7.6	%		13.6	%
Comparable store (b)			1.8	%		(4.3)	%		(0.1)	%		(1.4)	%		(0.5)	%
Company-operated stores open at   beginning of year (c)			1,118			1,029			999			953			937
Company-operated stores open at   end of year (c)			1,150			1,118			1,029			999			953
Capital Expenditures (d)		$	39,122		$	34,640		$	36,834		$	34,750		$	32,150
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Net working capital (e)		$	13,251		$	13,337		$	2,504		$	5,549		$	17,665
Total assets (e)			1,218,432			1,185,264			999,438			907,794			759,816
Long-term obligations			375,288			395,503			269,045			255,688			187,040
Shareholders’ equity			628,476			581,254			536,195			473,611			415,984

_________________

Fiscal year 2018 reflects results based on a 53 week fiscal year.  Results from all other fiscal years are based on a 52 week fiscal year.

(a) See Note 10 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

(b) Comparable store sales data (not adjusted for days) is calculated based on the change in sales of only those stores open as of the beginning of the preceding fiscal year.

(c) Includes only Company-operated stores.  No franchised, wholesale, retread or dealer locations are included.

(d) Amount does not include the funding of the purchase price of acquisitions.

(e) Fiscal years 2014 - 2015 reflect reclassifications of deferred taxes.

20

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following table sets forth income statement data of Monro expressed as a percentage of sales for the fiscal years indicated:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Sales	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs	61.4		61.1		59.1
Gross profit	38.6		38.9		40.9
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses	27.3		27.5		28.1
Operating income	11.3		11.4		12.8
Interest expense, net	2.2		1.9		1.6
Other income, net	—		(0.1)		—
Income before provision for income taxes	9.2		9.5		11.2
Provision for income taxes	3.5		3.5		4.1
Net income	5.7	%	6.0	%	7.1	%

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

We believe that the accounting policies listed below are those that are most critical to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and that required management’s most difficult, subjective and complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent uncertainties.  This section should be read in conjunction with Note 1 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements which includes other significant accounting policies.

Inventory

We evaluate whether inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value based on historical experience with the carrying value and life of inventory.  The assumptions used in this evaluation are based on current market conditions and we believe inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value in the consolidated financial statements.  In addition, historically we have been able to return excess items to vendors for credit or sell such inventory to other wholesalers.  Future changes by vendors in their policies or willingness to accept returns of excess inventory could require a revision in the estimates.

Business Combinations

We use the acquisition method in accounting for acquired businesses. Under the acquisition method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired, particularly intangible assets. As a result, in the case of significant acquisitions, we normally obtain the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist in estimating fair values of tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on expectations and assumptions about the future, considering the perspective of marketplace participants. While we believe those expectations and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Carrying Values of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews, which we typically perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

21

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions.  The goodwill impairment test consists of a two-step process, if necessary. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform the two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.  We believe there is little risk of impairment.

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying values.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical marketplace participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than our previously forecasted amounts.

Self-Insurance Reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate that a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

Stock-Based Compensation

We provide stock-based compensation through non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.  We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant primarily using the Black-Scholes option valuation model.  The fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is determined based on the stock price at the date of grant.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures and only record compensation costs for those awards that are expected to vest. The assumptions for forfeitures were determined based on type of award and historical experience. Forfeiture assumptions are adjusted at the point in time a significant change is identified, with any adjustment recorded in the period of change, and the final adjustment at the end of the requisite service period to equal actual forfeitures.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes and effective tax rates are calculated by legal entity and jurisdiction and are based on a number of factors, including our income, tax planning strategies, differences between tax laws and accounting rules, statutory tax rates and credits, uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances.  We use significant judgment and estimates in evaluating our tax positions.

Tax law and accounting rules often differ as to the timing and treatment of certain items of income and expense.  As a result, the tax rate reflected in our tax return (the current or cash tax rate) may differ from the tax rate reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements.  Some of the differences are permanent, while other differences are temporary as they reverse over time.  We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for any temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.  We establish valuation allowances when we believe it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized.

22

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Act was enacted into law.  The Tax Act reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate to 21% from 35% effective January 1, 2018.  For fiscal 2018, we recorded a net discrete adjustment to income tax expense of approximately $4.7 million primarily from revaluing our net deferred tax assets to reflect the new U.S. federal corporate income tax rate.  We believe this calculation is complete except for deferred taxes related to certain equity compensation arrangements and changes in estimates that can result from finalizing the filing of our 2017 U.S. income tax return, which are not anticipated to be material.

At any one time, our tax returns for several tax years are subject to examination by U.S. federal and state taxing jurisdictions.  We establish tax liabilities in accordance with the accounting guidance on income taxes.  Under the accounting guidance, the impact of an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken on an income tax return must be recognized in the financial statements at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized in the financial statements unless it is more-likely-than-not to be sustained.  We adjust these tax liabilities, as well as the related interest and penalties, based on the latest facts and circumstances, including recently published rulings, court cases and outcomes of tax audits.  To the extent our actual tax liability differs from our established tax liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits; our effective tax rate may be materially impacted.  While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of, the timing of, or the tax treatment of any particular tax position or deduction, we believe that our tax balances reflect the more-likely-than-not outcome of known tax contingencies.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal 2018 as Compared to Fiscal 2017

Sales for fiscal 2018 increased $106.3 million or 10.4% to $1.128 billion as compared to $1.022 billion in fiscal 2017.   The increase was largely due to an increase of $96.2 million related to new stores, of which $73.5 million came from the fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018 acquisitions.  Additionally, there was an increase in comparable store sales of 1.8%.  Partially offsetting this was a decrease in sales from closed stores amounting to $5.8 million.  Fiscal 2018 was a 53-week year, and therefore, there were 368 selling days as compared to 361 selling days in fiscal year 2017.  Adjusting for days, comparable store sales were relatively flat.

Barter sales of slower moving inventory totaled approximately $2.9 million and $2.5 million for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively.

During the year ended March 31, 2018, 49 Company-operated stores were added and 17 were closed.  At March 31, 2018, we had 1,150 Company-operated stores in operation compared to 1,118 Company-operated stores in operation at March 25, 2017.

With regard to franchised locations, during fiscal 2018, we purchased 11 from existing franchisees.  Also during fiscal 2018, we opened two and closed three franchised locations.  At March 31, 2018, we had 102 franchised locations compared to 114 franchised locations at March 25, 2017.

Comparable store brakes, front end/shocks, and exhaust category sales for fiscal 2018 increased by approximately 3%, 2% and 1%, respectively, from the prior year when adjusted for days.  However, both the alignment and maintenance services categories decreased by approximately 2% on a comparable store sales basis when adjusted for days as compared to the prior year.  Comparable store tire category sales decreased by approximately 1% for fiscal 2018 when adjusted for days as compared to the prior year.  Comparable store sales when adjusted for days were impacted by higher average ticket, offset by lower traffic.

Gross profit for fiscal 2018 was $435.6 million or 38.6% of sales as compared with $396.9 million or 38.9% of sales for fiscal 2017.  The decrease in gross profit for fiscal 2018, as a percentage of sales, was due primarily to a shift in sales mix related to recent acquisitions, including the recently acquired commercial and wholesale locations, partially offset by lower material costs as a percentage of sales. 

At our retail tire and automotive repair locations, we provide a broad range of services on passenger cars, light trucks and vans for brakes; mufflers and exhaust systems; and steering, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment.  We also provide other products and services, including tires and routine maintenance services, such as state inspections.  During fiscal 2017, we acquired certain tire and automotive repair locations that also serve commercial customers and sell tires to customers for resale.  These locations conduct tire and automotive repair activities that are similar to our retail locations, other than with respect to the sales mix resulting from the sale of commercial tires and the lower gross margin of the wholesale locations.  The lower gross margin is due primarily to the higher mix of tires sold and the fact that those tire sales do not include installation or other tire related services that are more common at other locations.  In the aggregate, the commercial and wholesale locations had consolidated revenue of approximately $91.3 million and $49.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively.  Additionally, due to the sales mix from our commercial and wholesale locations, our consolidated gross margin for the year ended March 31, 2018 was reduced by approximately 230 basis points, as compared to a reduction in consolidated gross margin of approximately 140 basis points for the prior year. 

On a consolidated basis, labor costs in fiscal 2018 decreased approximately 40 basis points, as a percentage of sales, from the prior year due to the sales mix shift from recent acquisitions.  Distribution and occupancy costs were relatively flat as a percentage of sales as compared to the prior year.

23

Operating expenses for fiscal 2018 were $308.3 million or 27.3% of sales as compared with $280.5 million or 27.5% of sales for fiscal 2017.  The increase of $27.8 million is partially attributable to $2.0 million in litigation settlement costs and $3.2 million in management transition costs. The remaining year-over-year dollar increase relates primarily to increased expenses from 32 net new stores.

Operating income in fiscal 2018 of approximately $127.3 million increased by 9.4% as compared to operating income of approximately $116.4 million in fiscal 2017, and decreased as a percentage of sales from 11.4% to 11.3% for the reasons described above.

Net interest expense for fiscal 2018 increased by approximately $4.5 million as compared to the prior year, and increased as a percentage of sales from 1.9% to 2.2%.  The weighted average debt outstanding for the year ended March 31, 2018 increased by approximately $17 million from the year ended March 25, 2017.  This increase is primarily related to an increase in capital lease debt recorded in connection with the fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018 acquisitions and greenfield expansion, as well as an increase in the weighted average interest rate for the year ended March 31, 2018 of approximately 90 basis points as compared to the prior year.  This was partially offset by a decrease in debt outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility.  The increase in the weighted average interest rate for the year ended March 31, 2018 was largely due to an increase in capital lease debt, as well as an increase in the LIBOR and prime rate from the prior year.

The effective income tax rate was 38.2% and 36.7%, respectively, of pre-tax income in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017.  On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Act into legislation.  The new U.S. tax legislation is subject to a number of provisions, including a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% (effective January 1, 2018).  For fiscal 2018, we recorded a net discrete adjustment to income tax expense of approximately $4.7 million primarily from revaluing our net deferred tax assets to reflect the new U.S. federal corporate income tax rate.  The deferred tax charge was partially offset by reduced income tax expense reflected by a blended U.S. federal corporate income tax rate of approximately 31.6%.  For further information, refer to Note 7 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

For fiscal 2018, the tax effects of the Tax Act recognized in income tax expense decreased diluted earnings per share by approximately $.06.  We expect future earnings to be positively impacted largely due to the reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% (effective January 1, 2018).

Net income for fiscal 2018 increased by $2.4 million, or 3.9%, from $61.5 million in fiscal 2017, to $63.9 million.  Earnings per common share on a diluted basis for fiscal 2018 of $1.92 increased 3.8% as compared to $1.85 for fiscal 2017 due to the factors discussed above.  Fiscal 2018 diluted earnings per common share included $.06 per share related to the net expense impact of newly enacted tax legislation, $.04 per share in litigation settlement costs and $.06 per share in management transition costs, partially offset by $.10 contribution per share from the extra selling week.

Fiscal 2017 As Compared To Fiscal 2016

Sales for fiscal 2017 increased $77.9 million or 8.3% to $1.022 billion as compared to $943.7 million in fiscal 2016.  The increase was due to an increase of $124.3 million related to new stores, of which $102.5 million came from the fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017 acquisitions.  Largely offsetting this was a decrease in comparable stores of 4.3%.  Additionally, there was a decrease in sales from closed stores amounting to $8.1 million.  There were 361 selling days in both fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.  

Barter sales of slower moving inventory totaled approximately $2.5 and $2.0 million for fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively.

During the year, 105 Company-operated stores were added and 16 were closed.  At March 25, 2017, we had 1,118 Company-operated stores in operation.

With regard to franchised locations, during fiscal 2017, we purchased 15 from existing franchisees and six closed.  At March 25, 2017, we had 114 franchised locations.

We believe that the decline in comparable store sales for fiscal 2017 resulted mainly from the challenging economic conditions facing our customers as well as unseasonably warmer winter weather in certain of our markets. 

Gross profit for fiscal 2017 was $396.9 million or 38.9% of sales as compared with $385.7 million or 40.9% of sales for fiscal 2016.  The decrease in gross profit for fiscal 2017, as a percentage of sales, was primarily due to a shift in sales mix related to recent acquisitions and the impact of a decrease in comparable store sales.

24

At our retail tire and automotive repair locations, we provide a broad range of services on passenger cars, light trucks and vans for brakes; mufflers and exhaust systems; and steering, drive train, suspension and wheel alignment.  We also provide other products and services, including tires and routine maintenance services, including state inspections.  During fiscal 2017, we acquired certain tire and automotive repair locations that also serve commercial customers and sell tires to customers for resale.  These locations conduct tire and automotive repair activities that are similar to our retail locations, other than with respect to the sales mix resulting from the sale of commercial tires as well as the gross margin of the wholesale locations being different primarily due to the higher mix of tires sold and the fact that those tire sales do not include installation or other tire related services that are more common at other locations.  In aggregate, the commercial and wholesale locations impacted consolidated revenue by approximately $49.0 million for the year ended March 25, 2017.  Additionally, due to the sales mix from our commercial and wholesale locations, our consolidated gross profit margin for the year ended March 25, 2017 was reduced by approximately 140 basis points.

On a comparable store basis, gross profit margin for fiscal 2017 decreased slightly as compared to the prior year.

Distribution and occupancy and labor costs were relatively flat as a percentage of sales as compared to the prior year.   

Operating expenses for fiscal 2017 were $280.5 million or 27.5% of sales compared with $265.1 million or 28.1% of sales for fiscal 2016.  The dollar increase primarily related to increased expenses for new stores.  On a comparable store basis, operating expenses for the year ended March 25, 2017 decreased as compared to the prior year.  We believe that this demonstrates the effectiveness of our strong cost control in a period of soft sales.

Operating income in fiscal 2017 of $116.4 million decreased 3.5% compared to operating income of $120.6 million in fiscal 2016, and decreased as a percentage of sales from 12.8% to 11.4% for the reasons described above. 

Net interest expense for fiscal 2017 increased by approximately $4.2 million as compared to the prior year, and increased as a percentage of sales from 1.6% to 1.9%.  The weighted average debt outstanding for the year ended March 25, 2017 increased by approximately $80 million from the year ended March 26, 2016.  This increase was primarily related to an increase in debt outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility to fund the purchase of our fiscal 2017 acquisitions, as well as increased capital leases related to our fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2017 acquisitions.  The weighted average interest rate for the year ended March 25, 2017 remained relatively flat as compared to the same period of the prior year.

Our effective tax rate was 36.7% and 36.6%, respectively, of pre-tax income in fiscal 2017 and 2016.  We previously engaged tax specialists to assess the qualification of intercompany transactions in accordance with U.S. Treasury Regulations of Internal Revenue Code Section 482.  Based on this assessment, we concluded that certain tax benefits of $.7 million should be recognized as a discrete item during the year ended March 26, 2016.  Excluding this net tax benefit, the effective income tax rate would have been approximately 37.3% for the year ended March 26, 2016.  The difference in the effective income tax rate relates primarily to the accounting for uncertain tax positions and recorded income tax credits which may vary from year to year.

Net income for fiscal 2017 decreased by $5.3 million, or 7.9%, from $66.8 million in fiscal 2016, to $61.5 million in fiscal 2017, and earnings per diluted share decreased by 7.5% from $2.00 to $1.85 due to the factors discussed above.

CAPITAL RESOURCES, CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND LIQUIDITY

Capital Resources

Our primary capital requirements for fiscal 2018 were divided among the funding of acquisitions for $23.4 million, as well as the upgrading of facilities and systems and the funding of our store expansion program totaling $39.1 million.  In fiscal 2017, our primary capital requirements were divided among the funding of acquisitions for $142.6 million, as well as the upgrading of facilities and systems and the funding of our store expansion program totaling $34.6 million.  In both fiscal years 2018 and 2017, capital requirements were primarily met by cash flow from operations and from our revolving credit facility.

In fiscal 2019, we intend to open approximately 20 to 40 new greenfield stores.  Greenfield stores include new construction as well as the acquisition of one to four store operations.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield service store ranges, on average, from $360,000 to $990,000 depending on whether the store is leased, owned or land leased.  Total capital required to build a new greenfield tire (land and building leased) location costs, on average, approximately $600,000, including $250,000 for equipment and $150,000 for inventory.

Monro paid dividends of $24.0 million in fiscal 2018.  In May 2018, Monro’s Board of Directors declared its intention to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.20 per common share or common share equivalent beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

The acquisitions subsequent to March 31, 2018 were financed through our existing credit facility.

25

We also plan to continue to seek suitable acquisition candidates.  Management believes that we have sufficient resources available (including cash flow from operations and bank financing) to expand our business as currently planned for the next several years.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due by period under long-term debt, other financing instruments and commitments are as follows:

			Within		1 to		3 to		After
	Total		1 Year		3 Years		5 Years		5 Years
	(Dollars in thousands)
Principal payments on long-term debt	$	148,108	$	40	$	148,068
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations		246,169		18,949		43,047	$	49,542	$	134,631
Operating lease commitments		159,092		34,285		55,235		34,533		35,039
Other liabilities		3,533		800		1,600		1,133		—
Total	$	556,902	$	54,074	$	247,950	$	85,208	$	169,670

We believe that we can fulfill our contractual commitments utilizing our cash flow from operations and, if necessary, bank financing.

Liquidity

In January 2016, we entered into a new five-year $600 million revolving credit facility agreement currently with eight banks (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit Facility replaced our previous revolving credit facility, as amended, which would have expired in December 2017.  Interest only is payable monthly throughout the Credit Facility’s term.  The borrowing capacity for the Credit Facility is up to $600 million, and includes an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $100 million.  The Credit Facility bears interest at 75 to 175 basis points over LIBOR.  The Credit Facility requires fees payable quarterly throughout the term between .15% and .35% of the amount of the average net availability under the Credit Facility during the preceding quarter.  There was $148.0 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 31, 2018.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 31, 2018.

At March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, the interest rate spread paid by the Company was 125 and 100 basis points over LIBOR, respectively. 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $80 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating 87.5 to 187.5 basis points over LIBOR annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $29.4 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 31, 2018.

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 31, 2018 was $422.6 million.

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Additionally, the Credit Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions. 

In addition, we have financed certain store properties with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $246.2 million at March 31, 2018 and are due in installments through May 2045.  We also have a $.1 million payable due in equal installments through September 2019 to the sellers of certain acquired businesses at March 31, 2018.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than the unrecorded contractual commitments noted above, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements at March 31, 2018.

INFLATION

We do not believe our operations have been materially affected by inflation.  Monro has been successful, in many cases, in mitigating the effects of merchandise cost increases principally through the use of volume discounts and alternative vendors, as well as selling price increases.  See additional discussion under Risk Factors.

26

FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 1 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the impact of recently issued accounting standards on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2018 and for the year then ended, as well as the expected impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements for future periods.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Monro is exposed to market risk from potential changes in interest rates.  As of March 31, 2018, approximately .05% of our debt financing, excluding capital leases and financing obligations, was at fixed interest rates and, therefore, the fair value of such debt financing is affected by changes in market interest rates.  Given a 1% change in LIBOR, our cash flow exposure on floating rate debt interest expense would result in interest expense fluctuating approximately $1.5 million based upon our debt position as of March 31, 2018.

Debt financing had a carrying amount and a fair value of $148.1 million as of March 31, 2018, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $182.4 million as of March 25, 2017.

27

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	29
Audited Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017	31
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal three years ended March 31, 2018	32
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal three years ended March 31, 2018	33
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal three years ended March 31, 2018	34
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	35
Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)	60

28

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Monro, Inc.:

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Monro, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2018, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).  We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2018 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.  We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements.  Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

29

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Rochester, New York

May 30, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since at least 1984. We have not determined the specific year we began serving as auditor of the Company.

30

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and equivalents	$	1,909	$	8,995
Trade receivables		11,582		11,465
Federal and state income taxes receivable		4,185		3,527
Inventories		152,367		142,604
Other current assets		37,213		32,639
Total current assets		207,256		199,230
Property, plant and equipment		767,864		712,999
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization		(351,195)		(318,365)
Net property, plant and equipment		416,669		394,634
Goodwill		522,892		501,736
Intangible assets		49,143		54,288
Other non-current assets		10,997		11,331
Long-term deferred income tax assets		11,475		24,045
Total assets	$	1,218,432	$	1,185,264
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations	$	18,989	$	15,298
Trade payables		84,568		79,492
Accrued payroll, payroll taxes and other payroll benefits		20,197		24,979
Accrued insurance		36,739		35,325
Warranty reserves		12,381		10,843
Other current liabilities		21,131		19,956
Total current liabilities		194,005		185,893
Long-term debt		148,068		182,337
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		227,220		213,166
Accrued rent expense		4,530		5,037
Other long-term liabilities		14,141		15,137
Long-term income taxes payable		1,992		2,440
Total liabilities		589,956		604,010
Commitments and contingencies – Note 15
Shareholders' equity:
Class C Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.50 par value, $.064 conversion value;   150,000 shares authorized; 21,802 shares issued and outstanding		33		33
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 65,000,000 shares authorized; 39,166,392 and   39,012,189 shares issued at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively		392		390
Treasury Stock, 6,330,008 and 6,322,417 shares at March 31, 2018 and   March 25, 2017, respectively, at cost		(106,563)		(106,212)
Additional paid-in capital		199,576		191,553
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(4,248)		(3,161)
Retained earnings		539,286		498,651
Total shareholders' equity		628,476		581,254
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	1,218,432	$	1,185,264

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

31

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Amounts in thousands, except
	per share data)
Sales	$	1,127,815	$	1,021,511	$	943,651
Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs		692,241		624,622		557,948
Gross profit		435,574		396,889		385,703
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses		308,278		280,505		265,114
Operating income		127,296		116,384		120,589
Interest expense, net of interest income		24,296		19,768		15,542
Other income, net		(454)		(628)		(374)
Income before provision for income taxes		103,454		97,244		105,421
Provision for income taxes		39,519		35,718		38,616
Net income	$	63,935	$	61,526	$	66,805
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Changes in pension, net of tax (benefit) provision of ($168), $788   and $65, respectively		(390)		1,415		8
Other comprehensive (loss) income		(390)		1,415		8
Comprehensive income	$	63,545	$	62,941	$	66,813
Earnings per share:
Basic	$	1.94	$	1.88	$	2.07
Diluted	$	1.92	$	1.85	$	2.00
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in   computing earnings per share:
Basic		32,767		32,413		32,026
Diluted		33,341		33,301		33,353

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

32

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

	Class C											Accumulated
	Convertible									Additional		Other
	Preferred			Common			Treasury			Paid-In		Comprehensive		Retained
	Stock			Stock			Stock			Capital		Loss		Earnings		Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount
	(Dollars and shares in thousands)
Balance at March 28, 2015	33	$	49	38,008	$	380	6,180	$	(95,638)	$	160,880	$	(4,584)	$	412,524	$	473,611
Net income															66,805		66,805
Other comprehensive income:
Pension liability adjustment   ($73 pre-tax)													8				8
Dividends (1):
Preferred															(456)		(456)
Common															(19,231)		(19,231)
Tax benefit from exercise   of stock options											6,677						6,677
Exercise of stock options (2)				549		6	137		(10,218)		16,243						6,031
Stock-based compensation											2,750						2,750
Balance at March 26, 2016	33		49	38,557		386	6,317		(105,856)		186,550		(4,576)		459,642		536,195
Net income															61,526		61,526
Other comprehensive income:
Pension liability adjustment   ($2,203 pre-tax)													1,415				1,415
Dividends (1):
Preferred															(447)		(447)
Common															(22,070)		(22,070)
Conversion of Class C   Prefered Stock	(11)		(16)	250		2					14						—
Tax benefit from exercise   of stock options											3,510						3,510
Exercise of stock options				205		2	5		(356)		(1,004)						(1,358)
Stock-based compensation											2,483						2,483
Balance at March 25, 2017	22		33	39,012		390	6,322		(106,212)		191,553		(3,161)		498,651		581,254
Net income															63,935		63,935
Other comprehensive loss:
Pension liability adjustment   [($558) pre-tax]													(390)				(390)
Dividends (1):
Preferred															(368)		(368)
Common															(23,601)		(23,601)
Reclassification of tax effects   to Retained Earnings													(697)		697		—
Dividend payable															(28)		(28)
Exercise of stock options				154		2	8		(351)		5,165						4,816
Stock-based compensation											2,858						2,858
Balance at March 31, 2018	22	$	33	39,166	$	392	6,330	$	(106,563)	$	199,576	$	(4,248)	$	539,286	$	628,476

_________________

(1) Dividends paid per common share or common share equivalent were $.72, $.68 and $.60, respectively, for the years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

(2) Includes the receipt of treasury stock in connection with the exercise of stock options and to partially satisfy tax withholding obligations.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

33

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
	Increase (Decrease) in Cash
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	63,935	$	61,526	$	66,805
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided   by operating activities -
Depreciation and amortization		49,335		44,629		39,769
Stock-based compensation expense		2,858		2,483		2,750
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		—		—		(8)
Net change in deferred income taxes		15,485		11,256		6,589
Gain on bargain purchase		(13)		—		—
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets		(1,198)		85		(41)
Change in operating assets and liabilities (excluding acquisitions)
Trade receivables		(88)		(74)		(1,477)
Inventories		(8,399)		5,044		1,555
Other current assets		(4,076)		(2,879)		(6,847)
Other non-current assets		1,863		5,680		2,886
Trade payables		5,151		9,605		7,079
Accrued expenses		(1,582)		(3,224)		2,414
Federal and state income taxes receivable		(658)		63		6,212
Other long-term liabilities		(930)		(3,580)		(1,399)
Long-term income taxes payable		(448)		(679)		217
Total adjustments		57,300		68,409		59,699
Net cash provided by operating activities		121,235		129,935		126,504
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures		(39,122)		(34,640)		(36,834)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(23,439)		(142,567)		(49,018)
Proceeds from the disposal of assets		4,071		1,583		2,625
Net cash used for investing activities		(58,490)		(175,624)		(83,227)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings		344,843		470,027		336,942
Principal payments on long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations		(395,521)		(404,303)		(366,707)
Exercise of stock options		4,816		3,492		8,602
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		—		—		8
Dividends paid		(23,969)		(22,517)		(19,687)
Deferred financing costs		—		—		(2,180)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities		(69,831)		46,699		(43,022)
(Decrease) increase in cash		(7,086)		1,010		255
Cash at beginning of year		8,995		7,985		7,730
Cash at end of year	$	1,909	$	8,995	$	7,985

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

34

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Background

Monro, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC (together, “Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), are engaged principally in providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  Monro had 1,150 Company-operated stores, 102 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and two dealer-operated automotive repair centers located in 27 states as of March 31, 2018.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.   The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

Accounting estimates

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with such principles requires the use of estimates by management during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fiscal year

Monro reports its results on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March of each year.  The following are the dates represented by each fiscal period:

“Year ended Fiscal March 2018”: March 26, 2017 – March 31, 2018 (53 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2017”: March 27, 2016 – March 25, 2017 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2016”: March 29, 2015 – March 26, 2016 (52 weeks)

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include Monro, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC, after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.

Revenue recognition

Sales are recorded upon completion of automotive undercar repair, tire delivery and tire services provided to customers.  The following was Monro’s sales mix for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Brakes	13	%	13	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		2		3
Steering	8		9		10
Tires	50		49		45
Maintenance	27		27		27
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Revenue from the sale of tire road hazard warranty agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or other method when costs are not incurred ratably.

Under various arrangements, we receive from certain tire vendors a delivery commission and reimbursement for the cost of the tire that we may deliver to customers on behalf of the tire vendor.  The commission we earn from these transactions is as an agent and the net amount retained is recorded as sales.

Cash equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

35

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Inventories

Our inventories consist of automotive parts (including oil) and tires.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. 

Barter credits

We value barter credits at the fair market value of the inventory surrendered, as determined by reference to price lists for buying groups and jobber pricing.  We use these credits primarily to pay vendors for purchases (mainly inventory vendors for the purchase of parts, oil and tires) or to purchase other goods or services from the barter company such as advertising.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis.  Buildings and improvements related to owned locations are depreciated over lives varying from 10 to 39 years; machinery, fixtures and equipment over lives varying from 3 to 15 years; and vehicles over lives varying from 5 to 10 years.  Computer hardware and software is depreciated over lives varying from 3 to 7 years.  Buildings and improvements related to leased locations are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  When property is sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived assets

We evaluate the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.  In addition, we report assets to be disposed at the lower of the carrying amount and the fair market value less costs to sell.

Store opening and closing costs

New store opening costs are charged to expense in the fiscal year when incurred.  When we close a store, the estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation net of sublease income, if any, are charged to expense.

Leases

Financing Obligations –

We are involved in the construction of leased stores.  In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost overruns or non-standard tenant improvements.  As a result of this involvement, we are deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, requiring us to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For some of these leases, we are considered to have “continuing involvement”, which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete.  In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord.  We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Since we often assume leases in acquisition transactions, the prior accounting by the seller who was involved in the construction of leased stores passes to us.

Additionally, we may incur other financing obligations in connection with the accounting for acquisitions.

Capital Leases –

Some of our property is held under capital leases.  These assets are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the term of the lease.  We do not report rent expense for capital leases.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

36

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Operating Leases –

All other leases are considered operating leases.  Rent expense, including rent escalations, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  Generally, the lease term is the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured.

Goodwill and intangible assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews in accordance with accounting guidance on goodwill, which we perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform a two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying amounts.  No such indicators were present in fiscal 2018, 2017 or 2016.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, in accordance with accounting guidance, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than its previously forecasted amounts.

As a result of our annual qualitative assessment performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2018, there were no impairments.  There have been no triggering events during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018.

Self-insurance reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

Warranty

We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs for parts that we install based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales.  Warranty expense related to all product warranties at and for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016 was not material to our financial position or results of operations.  See additional discussion of tire road hazard warranty agreements under the “Revenue recognition” section of this footnote.

37

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Comprehensive income

As it relates to Monro, comprehensive income is defined as net earnings as adjusted for pension liability adjustments and is reported net of related taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using tax rates based on currently enacted rules and legislation and anticipated rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting guidance for uncertainties in income tax prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  Monro recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits and a consideration of the relevant taxing authority's administrative practices and precedents.

We recognized the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) in our fiscal 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, and the accounting generally required to be completed in the reporting period in which the Tax Act was enacted.  Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional information.

Treasury stock

Treasury stock is accounted for using the par value method.  During the year ended March 26, 2016, Monro’s then Chief Executive Officer surrendered 32,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and the related taxes on the exercise of 89,000 stock options.  Additionally, Monro’s then Executive Chairman surrendered 100,000 shares of Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and to satisfy tax withholding obligations on the exercise of 150,000 stock options.  There was no activity for the former or current Chief Executive Officer or former Executive Chairman during the years ended March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

Stock-based compensation

We provide stock-based compensation through non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.  We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant primarily using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The assumptions used to estimate fair value require significant judgment and are subject to change in the future due to factors such as employee exercise behavior, stock price trends, and changes to type or provisions of stock-based awards. Any material change in one or more of these assumptions could have an impact on the estimated fair value of a future award.

The fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (collectively “restricted stock”) is determined based on the stock price at the date of grant.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures and only record compensation costs for those awards that are expected to vest. The assumptions for forfeitures were determined based on type of award and historical experience. Forfeiture assumptions are adjusted at the point in time a significant change is identified, with any adjustment recorded in the period of change, and the final adjustment at the end of the requisite service period to equal actual forfeitures.

We recognize compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock using the straight-line approach.  Option awards and restricted stock generally vest equally over the service period established in the award, typically four years.

Earnings per common share

Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing income available to common shareholders, after deducting preferred stock dividends, by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.  Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and equivalents outstanding.  Common stock equivalents represent shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options.

38

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Advertising

We expense the production costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place, except for direct response advertising which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits.

Direct response advertising consists primarily of coupons for Monro’s services.  The capitalized costs of this advertising are amortized over the period of the coupon’s validity, which is typically two months.

Prepaid advertising at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, and advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, were not material to these financial statements.

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

We account for vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits as a reduction of the cost of products purchased, except where the rebate or credit is a reimbursement of costs incurred to sell the vendor’s product, in which case it is offset against the costs incurred. 

Guarantees

At the time we issue a guarantee, we recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.  Monro has guaranteed certain lease payments, primarily related to franchisees, amounting to $4.4 million.  This amount represents the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantees as of March 31, 2018.  The leases are guaranteed through April 2020.  In the event of default by the franchise owner, Monro generally retains the right to assume the lease of the related store, enabling Monro to re-franchise the location or to operate that location as a Company-operated store.  We have recorded a liability related to anticipated defaults under the foregoing leases of $.2 million and $.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  This guidance provides guidelines a company will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized.  Additional guidance has subsequently been issued to amend or clarify the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 using the modified retrospective method.  We expect adoption to impact the deferral of revenue generated by the sale of an extended warranty and to increase footnote disclosures. The guidance will not materially affect our consolidated net earnings, financial position or cash flows.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to leases.  This guidance establishes a right of use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months.  Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.  The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Currently the new lease standard to be adopted requires using a modified retrospective transition approach for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.  However, the FASB has proposed an additional transition method, in addition to the existing requirements, to transition to the new lease standard by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings in the period of adoption.  Prior periods would not be restated.  We are awaiting finalization of the alternatives for transition to the new standard before deciding upon a method of adoption.  Early adoption is permitted, but we have not early adopted this guidance.  We expect that the new lease standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  While we are continuing to assess the effects of adoption, we currently believe the most significant changes relate to the recognition of new ROU assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for real property operating leases as approximately 50% of our store leases and all of our land leases are currently not recorded on our balance sheet.  We expect that substantially all of our operating lease commitments disclosed in Note 11, "Operating Lease and Other Commitments", to the Consolidated Financial Statements will be subject to the new guidance and will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and ROU assets upon adoption.  We do not anticipate any significant changes in the volume of our leasing activity up until the period of adoption.

39

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for share-based payments and their presentation in the financial statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016.  We adopted this guidance during the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Amendments to this guidance related to accounting for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies have been adopted prospectively and had an immaterial impact on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for fiscal year ended March 31, 2018.  Excess tax benefits related to share-based payments are now included in operating cash flows rather than financing cash flows.  This change has been applied prospectively in accordance with the guidance and prior periods have not been adjusted.  We have previously classified cash paid for tax withholding purposes as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows.  Therefore, there is no change related to this requirement.  The amendments allow for a one-time accounting policy election to either account for forfeitures as they occur or continue to estimate forfeitures as required by current guidance.  We have elected to continue estimating forfeitures through applying a forfeiture rate.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to cash flow classification.  This guidance clarifies and provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues that are not addressed by current generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and thereby reduce the current diversity in practice.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies the definition of a business, particularly when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses.  This guidance provides a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business.  This screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the assets is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business.  If the screen is not met, the guidance provides a framework to evaluate whether both an input and a substantive process are present to be considered a business.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted for certain transactions, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance simplifying the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which required the determination of an implied fair value of goodwill.  Under this guidance, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.  This guidance is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.  We have not early adopted this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost.  This guidance requires employers to present the service cost component of the net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period.  The other components of net benefit cost are to be presented separately from the service cost component and outside of any subtotal of income from operations. Employers will have to disclose the line(s) used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if the components are not presented separately in the income statement.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and should be applied retrospectively.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share based payment award as a modification.  Under this guidance, modification is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of an award as equity or liability changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

40

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In February 2018, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to the reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). This guidance allows for the reclassification of the disproportionate tax effects caused by the Tax Act to retained earnings.  Under U.S. GAAP, the effects of tax law changes on deferred tax balances, including adjustments to deferred taxes originally recorded to AOCI, are recorded as a component of income tax expense. Adjusting deferred tax balances related to items originally recorded in AOCI through income tax expense resulted in a remaining AOCI balance that was disproportionate to the amounts that would have been recorded through net income in future periods. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018.  Early adoption is permitted. We have adopted this guidance in fiscal 2018 and the new guidance allowed us to reclassify $.7 million of disproportionate (or stranded) amounts related to the Tax Act to Retained Earnings. 

Other recent authoritative guidance issued by the FASB (including technical corrections to the Accounting Standards Codification) and the Securities and Exchange Commission did not, or are not expected to have a material effect on Monro’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

Monro’s acquisitions are strategic moves in our plan to fill in and expand our presence in our existing and contiguous markets, and leverage fixed operating costs such as distribution, advertising and administration.  Acquisitions in this footnote include acquisitions of five or more locations as well as acquisitions of one to four locations that are part of the Company’s greenfield store growth strategy.

Subsequent Events

On May 13, 2018, we acquired twelve retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in Tennessee, as well as four wholesale locations in North Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia from Free Service Tire Company, Inc.  These locations operate under the Free Service Tire name.  The acquisition was financed through our existing credit facility.

On April 1, 2018, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota from Liberty Auto Group, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.  The acquisition was financed through our existing credit facility.

Fiscal 2018

During fiscal 2018, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $22.6 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in our financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· On March 4, 2018, we acquired seven retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Kentucky, Ohio, Virginia and West Virginia from Appalachian Tire Products, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On March 4, 2018, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois from Mattoon Muffler, Inc. and Charleston Muffler, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On March 4, 2018, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Vermont from City Tire Co., Inc.  This store operates under the TWC name.

· On March 1, 2018, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Illinois from Devenir Enterprises, Inc.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On January 14, 2018, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Pennsylvania from Valley Tire Co., Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On December 17, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Indiana from MLR, Incorporated.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On December 10, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Pennsylvania from TriGar Tire & Auto Service Center, LLC.  One store operates under the Monro name and one store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

41

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

· On August 13, 2017, we acquired eight retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Indiana and Illinois from Auto MD, LLC.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On July 30, 2017, we acquired 13 retail tire and automotive repair stores in Michigan, 12 of which were operating as Speedy Auto Service and Tire dealer locations, from UVR, Inc.  One of the acquired stores was not opened by Monro.  These stores operate under the Monro name. 

· On July 9, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in North Carolina from Norman Young Tires, Inc.  This store operates under the Treadquarters name. 

· On June 25, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Illinois from D&S Pulaski, LLC.  This store operates under the Car-X name. 

· On June 11, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota and Wisconsin from J & R Diversified, Inc. These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On June 11, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Ohio from Michael N. McGroarty, Inc.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On June 2, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Connecticut from Tires Plus LLC.  This store operates under the Monro name.

· On May 21, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Ohio from Bob Sumerel Tire Co., Inc.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On April 23, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Collier Automotive Group, Inc.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, as well as unidentifiable intangible assets.  All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to favorable leases and customer lists.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2018.  The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2018.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales and net income for the fiscal 2018 acquired locations totaled $14.8 million and $.1 million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 31, 2018.  The net income of $.1 million includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and the provision for income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

42

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The preliminary fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on preliminary valuation data and estimates. The excess of the net purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.  The preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price as of March 31, 2018 was as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Inventories	$	1,154
Other current assets		219
Property, plant and equipment		9,555
Intangible assets		4,359
Other non-current assets		7
Long-term deferred income tax assets		3,028
Total assets acquired		18,322
Other current liabilities		1,617
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		13,707
Other long-term liabilities		209
Total liabilities assumed		15,533
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	2,789
Total consideration transferred	$	22,614
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		2,789
Goodwill	$	19,825

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Favorable leases	$	2,934	10 years
Customer lists		1,425	7 years
Total	$	4,359	9 years

We continue to refine the valuation data and estimates related to inventory, intangible assets, real estate, real property leases and certain liabilities for the fiscal 2018 acquisitions and expect to complete the valuations no later than the first anniversary date of the respective acquisition.  We anticipate that adjustments will continue to be made to the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and those adjustments may or may not be material.

Fiscal 2017

During fiscal 2017, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $141.8 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· On February 26, 2017, we acquired 16 retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois and Iowa from Nona, Inc., a Car-X franchisee.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On February 5, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in North Carolina and Virginia from Thrifty Tire of Roxboro, LLC.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On October 16, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Rhode Island from Hamel Tire Center, Inc.  This store operates under the Monro name. 

· On October 2, 2016, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Ohio from Parkway D/C Enterprises, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name. 

· On September 19, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Florida Tire Service, LLC.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

43

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

· On September 18, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Michigan from Davco Development Company and Ricketts, Inc.  These stores operate under the Monro name.

· On September 11, 2016, we acquired 26 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in North Carolina, as well as four wholesale locations in North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee, from Clark Tire & Auto, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.  The wholesale locations and retread facility operate under the Tires Now name.

· On July 18, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Indiana from NTI, LLC.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On July 17, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Georgia from Kwik-Fit Tire & Service.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On July 10, 2016, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota from Task Holdings, Inc. and Autopar, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On June 26, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Michigan from Harlow Tire Company.  This store operates under the Monro name.

· On June 19, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New Hampshire from Express Tire Centers, LLC.  These stores operate under the Tire Warehouse name.

· On May 8, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Pioneer Tire Pros.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

· On May 1, 2016, we acquired 29 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in Florida from McGee Tire Stores, Inc.  These stores operate primarily under The Tire Choice name.  The retread facility operates under the McGee Tire name.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to customer lists,  favorable leases and trade names.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2017. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $1.0 million for the year ended March 25, 2017.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales and net loss for the fiscal 2017 acquired locations totaled $104.9 million and approximately ($1.0) million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 25, 2017.  The net loss includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and the provision for income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

We finalized the purchase accounting relative to the fiscal 2017 acquisitions during fiscal 2018.  As a result of the final purchase price allocations, certain of the fair value amounts previously estimated were adjusted during the measurement period.  These measurement period adjustments related to updated valuation reports and appraisals received from our external valuation specialists, as well as revisions to internal estimates.  The changes in estimates recorded in fiscal 2018 include an increase in property, plant and equipment of $1.4 million; a decrease in intangible assets of $2.2 million; a decrease in long-term deferred income tax assets of $.3 million; a decrease in other current liabilities of $.1 million; an increase in long-term capital leases and financing obligations of $.2 million; and an increase in total other liabilities of $.1 million.  The measurement period adjustments resulted in an increase to goodwill of $1.3 million.

These adjustments were not material to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

44

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We have recorded the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their values as of their respective acquisition dates (including any measurement prior adjustments), with the remainder recorded as goodwill as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Trade receivables	$	7,005
Inventories		18,350
Other current assets		431
Property, plant and equipment		33,392
Intangible assets		19,233
Other non-current assets		174
Long-term deferred income tax assets		9,054
Total assets acquired		87,639
Warranty reserves		561
Other current liabilities		3,772
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		41,215
Other long-term liabilities		1,228
Total liabilities assumed		46,776
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	40,863
Total consideration transferred	$	141,832
Plus: gain on bargain purchase		13
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		40,863
Goodwill	$	100,982

The total consideration of $141.8 million is comprised of $141.7 million in cash, and a $.1 million payable to the sellers of certain acquired businesses.  The payable is being liquidated via equal monthly payments through September 2019.

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Customer lists	$	9,917	13 years
Favorable leases		6,361	14 years
Trade names		2,955	17 years
Total	$	19,233	14 years

NOTE 3 – OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

The composition of other current assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits receivable	$	16,107	$	14,327
Other		21,106		18,312
	$	37,213	$	32,639

45

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The major classifications of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

	March 31, 2018						March 25, 2017
			Assets Under						Assets Under
			Capital Lease/						Capital Lease/
	Assets		Financing				Assets		Financing
	Owned		Obligations		Total		Owned		Obligations		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	85,843			$	85,843	$	83,675			$	83,675
Buildings and improvements		232,109	$	171,288		403,397		223,566	$	147,786		371,352
Equipment, signage and fixtures		242,510				242,510		225,977				225,977
Vehicles		32,380				32,380		28,831				28,831
Construction-in-progress		3,734				3,734		3,164				3,164
		596,576		171,288		767,864		565,213		147,786		712,999
Less - Accumulated   depreciation and amortization		304,762		46,433		351,195		282,196		36,169		318,365
	$	291,814	$	124,855	$	416,669	$	283,017	$	111,617	$	394,634

Depreciation expense totaled $44.3 million, $39.5 million and $36.0 million for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Amortization expense recorded under capital leases and financing obligations and included in depreciation expense above totaled $12.3 million, $9.5 million and $7.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

NOTE 5 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The changes in goodwill during fiscal 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 26, 2016	$	400,132
Fiscal 2017 acquisitions		99,651
Adjustments to fiscal 2016 purchase accounting		1,953
Balance at March 25, 2017		501,736
Fiscal 2018 acquisitions		19,825
Adjustments to fiscal 2017 purchase accounting		1,331
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	522,892

The composition of other intangible assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018				2017
	Gross				Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Accumulated
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amortization
	(Dollars in thousands)
Customer lists	$	33,832	$	19,637	$	34,489	$	16,372
Favorable leases		27,656		9,470		25,378		7,764
Trade names		20,852		9,644		20,852		8,358
Franchise agreements		7,220		1,713		7,220		1,167
Other intangible assets		590		543		540		530
Total intangible assets	$	90,150	$	41,007	$	88,479	$	34,191

Monro’s intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  The weighted average useful lives of Monro’s intangible assets are approximately 10 years for customer lists, 14 years for favorable leases, 14 years for trade names, 13 years for franchise agreements and five years for other intangible assets.

Amortization of intangible assets, excluding amortization of favorable leases included in rent expense, during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 totaled $5.0 million, $5.1 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

46

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Estimated future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

	Customer lists/
	Trade names/
	Franchise agreements/		Favorable
Year Ending Fiscal March	Other		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	4,858	$	2,207
2020		3,899		2,178
2021		3,184		2,145
2022		2,886		1,995
2023		2,631		1,870

NOTE 6 – LONG-TERM DEBT, CAPITAL LEASES AND FINANCING OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations consist of the following:

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based (a)	$	148,028	$	182,297
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		80		60
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(40)		(20)
Long-term debt	$	148,068	$	182,337
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045	$	246,169	$	228,444
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(18,949)		(15,278)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	$	227,220	$	213,166

_________________

(a) The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 31, 2018 was 1.88%.

In January 2016, we entered into a new five-year $600 million revolving credit facility agreement currently with eight banks (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit Facility replaced our previous revolving credit facility, as amended, which would have expired in December 2017.  Interest only is payable monthly throughout the Credit Facility’s term.  The borrowing capacity for the Credit Facility is up to $600 million, and includes an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $100 million.  The Credit Facility bears interest at 75 to 175 basis points over LIBOR.  The Credit Facility requires fees payable quarterly throughout the term between .15% and .35% of the amount of the average net availability under the Credit Facility during the preceding quarter.  There was $148.0 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 31, 2018.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 31, 2018.

At March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, the interest rate spread paid by the Company was 125 and 100 basis points over LIBOR, respectively. 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $80 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating 87.5 to 187.5 basis points over LIBOR annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $29.4 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 31, 2018.

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 31, 2018 was $422.6 million.

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Additionally, the Credit Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions.

Long-term debt had a carrying amount and a fair value of $148.1 million as of March 31, 2018, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $182.4 million as of March 25, 2017.  The fair value of long-term debt was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using either quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or the current interest rates offered to Monro for debt with similar maturities.

47

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In addition, we have financed certain store properties with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $246.2 million at March 31, 2018 and are due in installments through May 2045.  We also have a $.1 million payable due in equal installments through September 2019 to the sellers of certain acquired businesses at March 31, 2018.

Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years are as follows:

	Capital Leases/
	Financing Obligations
	Aggregate		Imputed		All Other
Year Ending Fiscal March	Amount		Interest		Debt		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	37,696	$	(18,747)	$	40	$	18,989
2020		37,890		(17,492)		40		20,438
2021		38,654		(16,005)		148,028		170,677
2022		38,305		(14,285)				24,020
2023		37,795		(12,273)				25,522

NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018			2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current -
Federal	$	20,854		$	22,040	$	29,202
State		3,180			2,422		2,825
		24,034			24,462		32,027
Deferred -
Federal		15,153			10,120		6,216
State		332			1,136		373
		15,485	(a)		11,256		6,589
Total	$	39,519		$	35,718	$	38,616

_________________

(a) For fiscal 2018, includes $4.7 million related to the Tax Act.

On December 22, 2017, U.S. President Trump signed the Tax Act into legislation.  The new U.S. tax legislation is subject to a number of provisions, including a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% (effective January 1, 2018).  Other enacted provisions which may impact Monro include limitations on the deductibility of executive compensation beginning January 1, 2018 and the immediate deduction of the cost of certain capital expenditures from taxable income instead of deducting the costs over time.

Certain aspects of the new legislation would generally require the accounting to be completed in the period of enactment.  However, in response to the complexities of the new legislation, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations where a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act.  To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act.  The ultimate impact may differ from provisional amounts recorded, possibly materially, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions we have made, and additional regulatory guidance that may be issued.

48

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For fiscal 2018, we recorded a net discrete adjustment to income tax expense of approximately $4.7 million primarily from revaluing our net deferred tax assets to reflect the new U.S. federal corporate income tax rate.  We believe this calculation is complete except for deferred taxes related to certain equity compensation arrangements and changes in estimates that can result from finalizing the filing of our 2017 U.S. income tax return, which are not anticipated to be material.  We will complete the accounting for the impacts of the Tax Act during the measurement period, which will not exceed beyond one year from the enactment date.

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets consist of the following:

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Goodwill	$	(32,290)	$	(39,715)
Other		(645)		(968)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(32,935)		(40,683)
Property and equipment		25,056		36,980
Insurance reserves		6,769		11,075
Warranty and other reserves		2,978		4,810
Other		9,607		11,863
Total deferred tax assets		44,410		64,728
Net deferred tax assets	$	11,475	$	24,045

We have $5.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available as of March 31, 2018.  The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2038.  Based on all available evidence, we have determined that it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryforward period will exist for the realization of the tax benefits on existing state net operating loss carryforwards.

We believe it is more likely than not that all other future tax benefits will be realized as a result of current and future income.

A reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate reflected in the accompanying financial statements is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018			2017			2016
	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Federal income tax based on   statutory tax rate applied   to income before taxes (a)	$	32,692	31.6	$	34,035	35.0	$	36,897	35.0
State income tax, net of   federal income tax benefit		2,218	2.1		2,700	2.8		2,306	2.2
Tax Act (b)		4,707	4.5		—	—		—	—
Other		(98)	—		(1,017)	(1.1)		(587)	(0.6)
	$	39,519	38.2	$	35,718	36.7	$	38,616	36.6

_________________

(a) For fiscal 2018, represents the blended rate of 35% for 9/12 of the year and 21% for 3/12 of the year.

(b) Represents the net discrete adjustment to income tax expense from the remeasurement of our net deferred tax assets at the lower U.S. corporate income tax rate.

49

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following is a rollforward of Monro’s liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 28, 2015	$	7,495
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		1,116
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		—
Reductions		(922)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(760)
Balance at March 26, 2016		6,929
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		981
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		66
Reductions		(352)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(732)
Balance at March 25, 2017		6,892
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		447
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		—
Reductions		(342)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(788)
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	6,209

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $6.2 million and $6.9 million at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively, the majority of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

In the normal course of business, Monro provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties and, accordingly, we had approximately $.4 million of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax benefits accrued as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

The Company is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for the fiscal 2016 tax year.  It is reasonably possible that the examination phase of the audit may conclude in the next 12 months, and that the related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns may change from those recorded as liabilities for uncertain tax positions in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2018.  However, based on the status of the examination, it is not possible to estimate the effect of any such change to previously recorded uncertain tax positions.

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and income tax returns in various state jurisdictions.  Monro’s fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2017 U.S. federal tax years and various state tax years remain subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities.

NOTE 8 – STOCK OWNERSHIP

Holders of at least 60% of the Class C preferred stock must approve any action authorized by the holders of Common Stock.  In addition, there are certain restrictions on the transferability of shares of Class C preferred stock.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Monro, the holders of the Class C preferred stock would be entitled to receive $1.50 per share out of the assets of Monro before any amount would be paid to holders of Common Stock.  The conversion value of the Class C convertible preferred stock was $.064 per share at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

50

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 9 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

We have a long-term incentive plan whereby eligible employees and non-employee directors may be granted non-qualified service condition stock options, non-qualified market condition stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.  We grant stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees and to better align employees’ interests with those of our shareholders.  Monro issues new shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options. Total stock-based compensation expense included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in Monro’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $2.9 million, $2.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and the related income tax benefit for each fiscal year was $1.0 million.  As of March 31, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to all unvested stock-based awards was $7.5 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years.

Monro currently grants stock option awards and restricted stock under the 2007 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”).  The 2007 Plan was authorized by the Board of Directors in June 2007, initially reserving 873,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) of Common Stock for issuance to eligible employees and all non-employee directors.  The 2007 Plan was approved by shareholders in August 2007 and was later amended and restated in August 2017.  At March 31, 2018, there were a total of 5,001,620 shares authorized for grant under the 2007 Plan (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), including the shares transferred from previous plans.  There were 1,005,670 shares available for grant at March 31, 2018.

Non-Qualified Stock Options

Generally, employee options vest over a four year period, and have a duration of six to ten years.  Outstanding options are exercisable for various periods through March 2024.  Assumptions used to estimate compensation expense are determined as follows:

· Expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees;

· Expected volatility is measured using historical changes in the market price of Monro’s Common Stock;

· Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards;

· Forfeitures are based substantially on the history of cancellations of similar awards granted by Monro in prior years; and

· Dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

The fair values of the service condition options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Risk-free interest rate	1.78	%	1.20	%	1.25	%
Expected life, in years	4		4		4
Expected volatility	26.1	%	25.9	%	27.2	%
Expected dividend yield	1.49	%	1.10	%	0.96	%

In fiscal 2018, the Company granted 100,000 options with a market condition vesting and such market condition options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018
Risk-free interest rate	1.65	%
Expected life, in years	4
Expected volatility	29.4	%
Expected dividend yield	1.53	%

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $8.84, $12.17 and $13.10, respectively.

51

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A summary of changes in outstanding stock options is as follows:

	Weighted
	Average
	Exercise		Options
	Price		Outstanding
At March 28, 2015	$	34.21	1,518,330
Granted	$	62.28	243,410
Exercised	$	29.59	(549,141)
Canceled	$	50.69	(23,808)
At March 26, 2016	$	41.75	1,188,791
Granted	$	62.01	232,560
Exercised	$	31.61	(485,660)
Canceled	$	61.20	(39,347)
At March 25, 2017	$	51.67	896,344
Granted	$	48.12	546,080
Exercised	$	35.00	(170,354)
Canceled	$	60.87	(64,092)
At March 31, 2018	$	51.95	1,207,978

The total shares exercisable at March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 were 495,573, 563,109 and 789,422, respectively.  The weighted average exercise price of all shares exercisable at March 31, 2018 was $52.80. 

The weighted average contractual term of all options outstanding at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was 3.8 years and 3.1 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options (the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) outstanding at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was $5.2 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

The weighted average contractual term of all options exercisable at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was 2.0 years and 2.4 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options exercisable at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was $2.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted is as follows:

		Weighted
		Average
		Grant-Date
		Fair Value
	Options	(per Option)
Non-vested at March 28, 2015	419,729	$	9.70
Granted	243,410	$	13.10
Vested	(242,841)	$	10.38
Canceled	(20,929)	$	10.18
Non-vested at March 26, 2016	399,369	$	11.26
Granted	232,560	$	12.17
Vested	(266,112)	$	10.48
Canceled	(32,582)	$	12.79
Non-vested at March 25, 2017	333,235	$	12.37
Granted	546,080	$	8.84
Vested	(119,445)	$	12.04
Canceled	(47,465)	$	12.53
Non-vested at March 31, 2018	712,405	$	9.72

52

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 31, 2018:

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted	Weighted			Weighted
		Average	Average		Shares	Average
Range of	Shares	Remaining	Exercise		Under	Exercise
Exercise Prices	Under Option	Life	Price		Option	Price
$11.76 - $46.99	118,465	1.03	$	35.97	110,965	$	35.36
$47.00 - $48.28	442,300	5.36	$	47.26	500	$	47.30
$48.29 - $57.25	305,718	3.17	$	53.19	154,825	$	52.67
$57.26 - $75.76	341,495	3.16	$	62.48	229,283	$	61.34

During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, the fair value of awards vested under Monro’s stock plans was $1.4 million, $2.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value is based on Monro’s closing stock price of $53.60, $52.15 and $69.68 as of the last trading day of the periods ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $2.8 million, $13.3 million and $22.3 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under all stock option plans was $4.8 million, $3.5 million and $8.6 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.  The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises was $.5 million, $3.5 million and $6.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.

Restricted Stock

Monro issues restricted stock to certain members of senior management as well as non-employee directors of the Company.  Restricted stock units represent shares issued upon vesting in the future whereas restricted stock awards represent shares issued upon grant that are restricted.  The fair value for restricted stock units and restricted stock awards is calculated based on the stock price on the date of grant.  Restricted stock units do not have voting rights but earn dividends during the vesting period.  The recipients of the restricted stock awards have voting rights and earn dividends during the vesting period.  The dividends are paid to the recipient at the time the restricted stock becomes vested.  If the recipient leaves Monro prior to the vesting date for any reason, the shares of restricted stock and the dividends accrued on those shares will be forfeited and returned to Monro.  The restricted stock units and awards vest equally over three or four years.  None of the restricted stock was vested as of March 31, 2018. 

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for the year ended March 31, 2018:

	Shares	Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years)
Nonvested as of March 25, 2017	—
Granted	61,875	$	47.59
Vested	—
Forfeited	—
Nonvested as of March 31, 2018	61,875	$	47.59	2.48

The aggregate intrinsic value is based on Monro’s closing stock price of $53.60 as of the last trading day of the period ended March 31, 2018.  The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was $3.3 million.

53

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 10 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the respective years:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net Income	$	63,935	$	61,526	$	66,805
Less:   Preferred stock dividends		(368)		(447)		(456)
Income available to common stockholders	$	63,567	$	61,079	$	66,349
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,767		32,413		32,026
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		510		675		760
Stock options		56		213		567
Restricted stock		8		—		—
Weighted average common shares, diluted		33,341		33,301		33,353
Basic earnings per common share:	$	1.94	$	1.88	$	2.07
Diluted earnings per common share:	$	1.92	$	1.85	$	2.00

The computation of diluted earnings per common share for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 excludes the effect of assumed exercise of approximately 1,091,000, 304,000 and 171,000 of stock options, respectively, as the exercise price of these options was greater than the average market value of our common stock for those periods, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per common share.

NOTE 11 – OPERATING LEASES

We lease various facilities under non-cancellable lease agreements which expire at various dates through fiscal 2041.  In addition to stated minimum payments, certain real estate leases have provisions for contingent rentals when retail sales exceed specified levels.  Generally, the leases provide for renewal for various periods at stipulated rates.  Most of the facilities’ leases require payment of property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs in addition to rental payments, and several provide an option to purchase the property at the end of the lease term.

In recent years, we have entered into agreements for the sale-leaseback of certain stores.  Realized gains are deferred and are credited to income as rent expense adjustments over the lease terms.  We have lease renewal options under the real estate agreements at projected future fair market values.

Future minimum payments required under non-cancellable leases (including closed stores) are as follows:

			Less -
			Sublease
Year Ending Fiscal March	Leases		Income		Net
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	34,363	$	(78)	$	34,285
2020		30,150		(86)		30,064
2021		25,258		(87)		25,171
2022		20,113		(77)		20,036
2023		14,562		(65)		14,497
Thereafter		35,046		(7)		35,039
Total	$	159,492	$	(400)	$	159,092

Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income,totaled $38.9 million, $38.6 million and $36.7 million in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, including contingent rentals.  Sublease income totaled $.1 million in each of fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

54

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

We sponsor a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for Monro employees and the former Kimmel Automotive, Inc. employees.  In fiscal 2005, the previously separate Monro and Kimmel pension plans were merged.  The merged plan provides benefits to certain full-time employees who were employed with Monro and with Kimmel prior to April 2, 1998 and May 15, 2001, respectively. 

Effective as of those dates, each company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments whereby the benefits of each of the defined benefit plans would be frozen and the plans would be closed to new participants.  Prior to these amendments, coverage under the plans began after employees completed one year of service and attained age 21.  Benefits under both plans, and now the merged plan, are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement.  The funding policy for Monro’s merged plan is consistent with the funding requirements of U.S. federal law and regulations.  The measurement date used to determine the pension plan measurements disclosed herein is March 31 for both 2018 and 2017.

The funded status of Monro’s defined benefit plan is recognized as an other non-current asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively.

The funded status of the plan is set forth below:

	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	20,702	$	19,465
Actual return on plan assets		631		2,309
Benefits paid		(704)		(1,072)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		20,629		20,702
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		20,405		21,373
Interest cost		796		806
Actuarial loss/(gain)		109		(702)
Benefits paid		(704)		(1,072)
Benefit obligation at end of year		20,606		20,405
Funded status of plan	$	23	$	297

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations were equivalent at March 31 for both 2018 and 2017.

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Unamortized transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Unamortized prior service cost		0		0
Unamortized net loss		5,675		5,117
Total	$	5,675	$	5,117

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Prior service cost		0		0
Net actuarial (loss)/income		(558)		2,203
Total	$	(558)	$	2,203

55

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Pension (income) expense included the following components:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$	796	$	806	$	803
Expected return on plan assets		(1,416)		(1,332)		(1,389)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		336		524		648
Net pension (income) expense	$	(284)	$	(2)	$	62

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
Discount rate	3.89	%	3.98	%

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Discount rate	3.98	%	3.83	%	3.69	%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based upon assumptions related to historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

The investment strategy of the plan is to conservatively manage the assets in order to meet the plan’s long-term obligations while maintaining sufficient liquidity to pay current benefits.  This is achieved by holding equity investments while investing a portion of assets in long duration bonds to match the long-term nature of the liabilities.  Monro’s general target allocation for the plan is 40% fixed income and 60% equity securities.

Monro’s asset allocations, by asset category, are as follows at the end of each year:

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
Cash and cash equivalents	1.3	%	1.7	%
Fixed income	39.3	%	39.7	%
Equity securities	59.4	%	58.6	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

56

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The following table provides fair value measurement information for Monro’s major categories of defined benefit plan assets at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively:

	Fair Value Measurements at March 31, 2018 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,062	$	7,785	$	277
International companies		4,186		4,186
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,505				7,505
International bonds		614				614
Cash equivalents		262				262
Total	$	20,629	$	11,971	$	8,658

	Fair Value Measurements at March 25, 2017 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,296	$	7,984	$	312
International companies		3,839		3,839
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,902				7,902
International bonds		317				317
Cash equivalents		348				348
Total	$	20,702	$	11,823	$	8,879

There are no required or expected contributions in fiscal 2019 to the plan.

The following pension benefit payments are expected to be paid:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	972
2020		1,006
2021		1,059
2022		1,115
2023		1,149
2024 - 2028		6,068

We have a 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan that covers full-time employees who meet the age and service requirements of the plan.  The 401(k) salary deferral option was added to the plan during fiscal 2000.  The first employee deferral occurred in March 2000.  We make matching contributions consistent with the provisions of the plan.  Charges to expense for our matching contributions for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted to approximately $1.0 million, $.8 million and $.7 million, respectively.  We may also make annual profit sharing contributions to the plan at the discretion of Monro’s Compensation Committee.

57

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

We have a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) to provide an opportunity for additional tax-deferred savings to a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Deferred Compensation Plan permits participants to defer all or any portion of the compensation that would otherwise be payable to them for the calendar year.  In addition, Monro will credit to the participants’ accounts such amounts as would have been contributed to Monro’s 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan but for the limitations that are imposed under the Internal Revenue Code based upon the participants’ status as highly compensated employees.  We may also make such additional discretionary allocations as are determined by the Compensation Committee.  The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded arrangement and the participants or their beneficiaries have an unsecured claim against the general assets of Monro to the extent of their Deferred Compensation Plan benefits.  We maintain accounts to reflect the amounts owed to each participant.  At least annually, the accounts are credited with earnings or losses calculated on the basis of an interest rate or other formula as determined by Monro’s Compensation Committee.  The total liability recorded in our financial statements at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 related to the Deferred Compensation Plan was approximately $2.1 million.

NOTE 13 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We are currently a party to six leases for certain facilities where the lessor is a former officer of Monro or a family member of such former officer, or such former officer or family member has an interest in entities that are lessors.  The payments under such operating and capital leases amounted to $.8 million, $.8 million and $.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These payments are comparable to rents paid to unrelated parties. No amounts were payable at March 31, 2018 or March 25, 2017. No related party leases exist, other than these six leases, and no new leases are contemplated.

For many years, we had a consulting agreement with an investment banking firm associated with a principal shareholder/director of Monro to provide financial advice.  The agreement provided for an annual fee of $.3 million, plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses and we incurred, under this agreement, fees of $.2 million during the year ended March 26, 2016.  Approximately half of all payments made to the investment banking firm under the consulting agreement were paid to another principal shareholder/director of Monro. In addition, this investment banking firm, from time to time, has provided other investment banking services to us for additional fees. During fiscal 2016, with approval by the independent members of the Board of Directors (excluding the Director associated with this firm), we paid additional fees of $1.0 million to this firm in connection with financial and strategic advisory services that were provided related to three unsuccessful acquisitions. In connection with making this payment, the aforementioned consulting agreement was canceled.

NOTE 14 – SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Significant Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by approximately $19.2 million, $14.2 million and $13.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.

Interest and Taxes Paid

The following table sets forth the cash paid for interest and income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash paid during the year:
Interest, net	$	25,795	$	20,970	$	15,687
Income taxes, net	$	25,214	$	24,778	$	25,322

58

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

NOTE 15 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

Payments due by period under long-term debt, other financing instruments and commitments are as follows:

			Within		1 to		3 to		After
	Total		1 Year		3 Years		5 Years		5 Years
	(Dollars in thousands)
Principal payments on long-term debt	$	148,108	$	40	$	148,068
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations		246,169		18,949		43,047	$	49,542	$	134,631
Operating lease commitments		159,092		34,285		55,235		34,533		35,039
Other liabilities		3,533		800		1,600		1,133		—
Total	$	556,902	$	54,074	$	247,950	$	85,208	$	169,670

We believe that we can fulfill our contractual commitments utilizing our cash flow from operations and, if necessary, bank financing.

Contingencies

On December 13, 2017, the Company settled a litigation matter entitled Ellersick, et.al. v. Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and Monro Service Corporation (U.S. District Court, Western District of New York), together with related matters, which were first instituted in September 2010, regarding current and former Company technicians and assistant managers who alleged violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and various state laws relating to, among other things, overtime and unpaid wages.  The settlement amount of $1,950,000 is included within operating, selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for fiscal 2018.  Such settlement amount was estimated by the Company to be less than the legal fees and expenses that the Company believed it would have likely incurred in connection with defending such matter during the twelve month period following settlement.

We are currently a party to various claims and legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business.  If management believes that a loss arising from any of these matters is probable and can reasonably be estimated, we will record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range, and no point within the range is more probable than another. As additional information becomes available, any potential liability related to these matters is assessed and the estimates are revised, if necessary.  Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur and may include monetary damages.  If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the financial position and results of operations of the period in which any such ruling occurs, or in future periods.  However, based on currently available information, management believes that the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In May 2018, Monro’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.20 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 4, 2018.  The dividend will be paid on June 14, 2018.

See Note 2 for a discussion of acquisitions subsequent to March 31, 2018.

59

MONRO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth consolidated statement of income data by quarter for the years ended March 2018 and 2017.  Individual line items summed by quarters may not agree to the annual amounts reported due to rounding.

	Fiscal Quarter Ended
	June		Sept.		Dec.		March
	2017		2017		2017		2018
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Sales	$	278,491	$	278,017	$	285,730	$	285,578
Cost of sales		165,607		170,076		178,743		177,815
Gross profit		112,884		107,941		106,987		107,763
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses		79,135		74,120		77,688		77,334
Operating income		33,749		33,821		29,299		30,429
Interest expense, net		5,742		6,117		6,138		6,299
Other income, net		(11)		(226)		(99)		(117)
Income before provision for income taxes		28,018		27,930		23,260		24,247
Provision for income taxes		10,433		10,663		11,659		6,765
Net income	$	17,585	$	17,267	$	11,601	$	17,482
Basic earnings per share	$	0.53	$	0.52	$	0.35	$	0.53
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.53	$	0.52	$	0.35	$	0.52
Weighted average number of common   shares used in computing earnings per share
Basic		32,704		32,754		32,779		32,822
Diluted		33,292		33,309		33,352		33,417

	Fiscal Quarter Ended
	June		Sept.		Dec.		March
	2016		2016		2016		2017
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Sales	$	235,290	$	245,927	$	288,283	$	252,011
Cost of sales		137,222		145,930		182,683		158,787
Gross profit (a)		98,068		99,997		105,600		93,224
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses		66,773		68,072		72,526		73,133
Operating income		31,295		31,925		33,074		20,091
Interest expense, net		4,485		4,488		5,261		5,535
Other (income) expense, net		(154)		(126)		(165)		(183)
Income before provision for income taxes		26,964		27,563		27,978		14,739
Provision for income taxes		10,209		10,019		10,412		5,078
Net income	$	16,755	$	17,544	$	17,566	$	9,661
Basic earnings per share	$	0.52	$	0.54	$	0.54	$	0.29
Diluted earnings per share	$	0.50	$	0.53	$	0.53	$	0.29
Weighted average number of common   shares used in computing earnings per share
Basic		32,258		32,291		32,466		32,637
Diluted		33,327		33,317		33,292		33,289

_________________

(a) We have evaluated the principal versus agent accounting guidance in assessing the appropriate presentation for certain transactions primarily related to our fiscal 2017 acquisitions.  We determined agent accounting is appropriate for such transactions and therefore concluded the amounts previously presented on a gross basis should have been recorded on a net basis.  Accordingly, we revised amounts previously recorded in connection with these transactions during the first and second quarters of fiscal 2017.  The revisions resulted in a reduction of sales and cost of sales by equal amounts of $1.6 million and $2.7 million for the first and second quarters of fiscal 2017, respectively.  These revisions did not impact gross profit as previously reported.

60

Significant fourth quarter adjustments

There were no material, extraordinary, unusual or infrequently occurring items recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 or 2017.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports that we file or submit pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (SEC) rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to Monro’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In conjunction with the close of each fiscal quarter and under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conduct an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures.  It is the conclusion of Monro’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, based upon an evaluation completed as of March 31, 2018, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that any material information relating to Monro was recorded, processed, summarized and reported to its principal officers to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Monro’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Monro’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Monro; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of Monro are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Monro; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Monro's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Monro's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2018, the end of our fiscal year.  Management has reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  The effectiveness of Monro's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Monro’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures or its internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud.  A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.  Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Monro have been detected.  These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.  Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls.  The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.  Projections of any evaluation of controls’ effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks.  Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

61

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in Monro’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2018 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Monro’s internal control over financial reporting.

62

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information concerning the directors and executive officers of Monro is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors” and “Our Executive Officers”, respectively, in the Proxy Statement.

Information concerning required Section 16(a) disclosure is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement.

Information concerning Monro’s corporate governance policies and procedures is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Corporate Governance Practices and Policies” in the Proxy Statement.

Monro’s directors and executive officers are subject to the provisions of Monro’s Code of Ethics for All Board Members, Executive Officers and Management Employees, (the “Code”), which is available in the Investor Information section of Monro’s website, www.monro.com.  Changes to the Code and any waivers are also posted on Monro’s website in the Investor Information section.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information concerning executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information concerning Monro’s shares authorized for issuance under its equity compensation plans at March 31, 2018 and security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certified Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement.

Information concerning Monro’s common stock that may be issued under equity-based compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference to the sections captioned “Board and Committee Independence” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in the Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information concerning Monro’s principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned “Matters Relating to the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement.

63

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements

Reference is made to Item 8 of Part II hereof.

Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, the information is included elsewhere in the Financial Statements or the notes thereto or is immaterial.  Specific to warranty reserves and related activity, as stated in the Financial Statements, these amounts are immaterial.

Exhibits

Agreements accompanying this Form 10-K or incorporated herein by reference as listed below may contain representations, warranties and other provisions that were made, among other things, to provide the parties thereto with specified rights and obligations and to allocate risk among them, and such agreements should not be relied upon by buyers, sellers or holders of Monro’s securities.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

The following is a list of all exhibits filed herewith or incorporated by reference herein:

Exhibit No.	Document
3.01*	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated July 23, 1991, with Certificate of Amendment, dated November 1, 1991. (Filed in paper form as SEC File No:0-19357, 1992 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 3.01)
3.01a*	Certificate of Change of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated January 26, 1996.  (August 2004 Form S-3, Exhibit 4.1(b))
3.01b*	Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated April 15, 2004.  (August 2004 Form S-3, Exhibit No. 4.1(c))
3.01c*	Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 10, 2007. (2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.01c)
3.01d*	Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated August 1, 2012. (2013 Form 10-K, Exhibit 3.01d)
3.01e*	Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated August 15, 2017. (August 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit 3.01e)
3.02*	Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, dated August 7, 2012.  (December 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 3.02)
10.01*	2007 Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of June 29, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4)**
10.01a*	Amendment No. 1 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated August 9, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.1)**
10.01b*	Amendment No. 2 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 27, 2007. (May 2008 Form S-8, Exhibit No. 4.2)**
10.01c*	Amendment No. 3 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated August 10, 2010. (August 2010 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.1)**
10.01d*	Amendment No. 4 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated May 16, 2012. (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.01d)**
10.01e*	Amendment No. 5 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated June 28, 2013. (2013 Proxy, Exhibit A)**

64

Exhibit No.	Document
10.01f*	Amendment No. 6 to the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated June 28, 2013. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.01f)**
10.02*	Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, dated effective August 15, 2017. (2017 Proxy, Exhibit A)**
10.03*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated January 1, 2005, and last amended and restated as of January 1, 2015. (2015 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.03) **
10.04*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, adopted February 1, 1972, and last amended and restated as of April 1, 2013. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.04) **
10.04a*	Amendment No. 1 to April 1, 2013 Restatement to Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of October 27, 2014 and effective as of June 26, 2013. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.04a)**
10.04b*	Amendment No. 2 to April 1, 2013 Restatement to Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of December 10, 2015 and effective as of April 1, 2015. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.04b)**
10.04c*	Amendment No. 3 to April 1, 2013 Restatement to Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Retirement Plan, dated as of January 30, 2017 and effective as of April 1, 2016. (2017 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.04c)**
10.05*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, adopted May 1, 1960, and last amended and restated as of December 8, 2014. (2015 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.05)**
10.05a*	First Amendment to December 8, 2014 Restatement to the Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan, dated December 10, 2015 and effective as of April 1, 2015. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.05a)**
10.07*	Employment Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015 and effective as of October 1, 2015, between the Company and Robert G. Gross. (May 2015 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.07)**
10.14*	Employment Agreement, dated August 27, 2014 and effective September 1, 2014, between the Company and Catherine D’Amico. (August 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**
10.18*	Credit Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2016, by and among the Company and Citizens Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement. (January 2016 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.18)
10.18a*	Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2016. (September 2016 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.18a)
10.18b*	Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2017. (September 2017 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.18b)
10.19*	Security Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2016, by and among the Company, Monro Service Corporation, Car-X, LLC and Citizens Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.19)
10.20*	Guaranty, dated as of January 25, 2016, of Car-X, LLC and Monro Service Corporation. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.20)
10.21*	Negative Pledge Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2016, by and among the Company, Monro Service Corporation, Car-X, LLC and Citizens Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement. (December 2015 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.21)
10.60*	Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2011, between Monro Service Corporation and the County of Monroe Industrial Development Agency.  (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.60)
10.61*	Leaseback Agreement, dated November 1, 2011, between the County of Monroe Industrial Development Agency and Monro Service Corporation. (2012 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.61)
10.67*	Employment Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2012 and effective as of October 1, 2012, between the Company and John W. Van Heel. (August 2012 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**
10.68*	Employment Agreement, dated December 30, 2016 and effective as of January 1, 2017, between the Company and Brian J. D’Ambrosia.  (January 2017 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 10.68)**
10.69*	Employment Agreement, dated February 11, 2014 and effective April 1, 2014, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr. (February 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**

65

Exhibit No.	Document
10.69a*	Amendment to Employment Agreement of Joseph Tomarchio, Jr., dated May 14, 2014 and effective April 1, 2014, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr. (May 2014 Form 8-K, Exhibit No. 99.1)**
10.69b*	Letter Agreement, effective April 1, 2017, between the Company and Joseph Tomarchio, Jr., terminating the Employment Agreement, as amended. (2017 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.69b)**
10.70*	Employment Agreement, dated June 28, 2017 and effective August 1, 2017, between the Company and Brett T. Ponton. (June 2017 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.70)**
10.71*	Agreement, dated June 23, 2017 and effective October 1, 2017, by and between the Company and John W. Van Heel. (June 2017 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.71)**
10.72*†	Supply Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2012, by and between Ashland Consumer Markets (a commercial business unit of Ashland, Inc.) and Monro Service Corporation (December 2012 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.72)
10.73*	Supply Agreement, dated June 28, 2017 and effective as of June 1, 2017, by and between Monro Service Corporation and Valvoline LLC. (June 2017 Form 10-Q, Exhibit No. 10.72)
10.74	Employment Agreement, dated March 29, 2018 and effective March 26, 2018, between the Company and Matthew E. Naylor.**
10.77*	Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. Management Incentive Compensation Plan, effective as of June 1, 2002.  (2002 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.77)**
10.80*	Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 753.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80)
10.80a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 753.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80a)
10.80b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by 1746 E. Joppa Road, LLC (formerly known as The Three Marquees), with respect to Store No. 753.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80b)
10.80c*	Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to 1746 E. Joppa Road, LLC (formerly known as The Three Marquees), with respect to Store No. 753.  (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80c)
10.80d*	Lease Amendment, dated September 17, 2014, from the Company to 1746 E. Joppa Road, LLC (formerly known as The Three Marquees), with respect to Store No. 753. (2017 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.80d)
10.81*	Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, between 425 Manchester Road, LLC and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 754.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81)
10.81a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 754.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81a)
10.81b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by 425 Manchester Road, LLC, with respect to Store No. 754.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81b)
10.81c*	Renewal Letter, dated June 8, 2007, from the Company to 425 Manchester Road, LLC, with respect to Store No. 754. (2008 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.81c)
10.81d	Renewal Letter, dated May 30, 2017, from the Company to 425 Manchester Road, LLC, with respect to Store No. 754.
10.82*	Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82)
10.82a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82a)

66

Exhibit No.	Document
10.82b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82b)
10.82c*	Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756.  (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82c)
10.82d*	Renewal Letter, dated November 30, 2015, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 756. (2016 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.82d)
10.83*	Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between The Three Marquees and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83)
10.83a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83a)
10.83b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83b)
10.83c*	Renewal Letter, dated March 6, 2006, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2006 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83c)
10.83d*	Renewal Letter, dated November 30, 2015, from the Company to The Three Marquees, with respect to Store No. 758.  (2016 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.83d)
10.84*	Agreement, dated September 2, 1999, between LPR Associates and Mr. Tire, Inc., as predecessor-in-interest to the Company, with respect to Store No. 765.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84)
10.84a*	Assignment and Assumption of Lease, dated March 1, 2004, between Mr. Tire, Inc. and the Company, with respect to Store No. 765.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84a)
10.84b*	Landlord’s Consent and Estoppel Certificate, dated as of February 27, 2004, by Mt. Airy South Main Street, LLC (formerly known as LPR Associates), with respect to Store No. 765.  (2004 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84b)
10.84c*	Renewal Letter, dated October 29, 2008, from the Company to Mt. Airy South Main Street, LLC (formerly known as LPR Associates) with respect to Store No. 765. (2009 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84c)
10.84d*	Renewal Letter, dated December 4, 2013, from the Company to Mt. Airy South Main Street, LLC (formerly known as LPR Associates) with respect to Store No. 765. (2014 Form 10-K, Exhibit No. 10.84d)
21.01	Subsidiaries of the Company.
23.01	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
24.01	Powers of Attorney.
31.1	Certification of Brett T. Ponton, President and Chief Executive Officer.
31.2	Certification of Brian J. D’Ambrosia, Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer.
32.1	Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002).
	101.INS‡—XBRL Instance Document
	101.LAB‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
	101.PRE‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
	101.SCH‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase
	101.DEF‡—XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

67

*	An asterisk "*" following an exhibit number indicates that the exhibit is incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit to one of the following documents:  (1) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1992 ("1992 Form 10-K"); (2) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2002 (“2002 Form 10-K”); (3) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2004 (“2004 Form 10-K”); (4) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-118176), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 12, 2004 (“August 2004 Form S-3”); (5) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-133044) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2006 (“April 2006 Form S-8 for 2003 Plan”); (6) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 25, 2006  (“2006 Form 10-K”); (7) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year ended March 29, 2008 (“2008 Form 10-K”); (8) the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-151196) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 27, 2008 (“May 2008 Form S-8”); (9) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2009 (“2009 Form 10-K”); (10) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 12, 2010 (“August 2010 Form 8-K”); (11) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 (“2012 Form 10-K”); (12) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 9, 2012 (“August 2012 Form 8-K”); (13) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 20, 2012 (“December 2012 Form 8-K”); (14) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 29, 2012 (“December 2012 Form 10-Q”); (15) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed February 11, 2014 (“February 2014 Form 8-K”); (16) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013 (“2013 Form 10-K”); (17) the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF14A, filed June 10, 2013 (“2013 Proxy”); (18) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 20, 2014 (“May 2014 Form 8-K”); (19) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29, 2014 (“2014 Form 10-K”); (20) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 29, 2014 (“August 2014 Form 8-K”); (21) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 27, 2015 (“May 2015 Form 8-K”); (22) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, for the fiscal year ended March 28, 2015 (“2015 Form 10-K”); (23) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended December 26, 2015 (“December 2015 Form 10-Q”); (24) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 28, 2016 (“January 2016 Form 8-K”); (25) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 (the “2016 Form 10-K); (26) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 24, 2016 (“September 2016 Form 10-Q”); (27) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 4, 2017 (“January 2017 Form 8-K”); (28) the Company’s Annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 25, 2017 (“2017 Form 10-K”); (29) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 24, 2017 (“June 2017 Form 10-Q”); (30) the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF14A, filed July 17, 2017 (“2017 Proxy”); (31) the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed August 21, 2017 (“August 2017 Form 8-K”); and (32) the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 23, 2017 (“September 2017 Form 10-Q”). The appropriate document and exhibit number are indicated in parentheses.
**	Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 14(c) hereof.
†	Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a request for confidential treatment in accordance with Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
‡	Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement of prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or deemed filed for purpose of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

68

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	MONRO, INC.
	(Registrant)
By:	/s/ Brett T. Ponton
	Brett T. Ponton
	Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: May 30, 2018

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Brett T. Ponton	Chief Executive Officer, President	May 30, 2018
Brett T. Ponton	and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Brian J. D’Ambrosia	Senior Vice President-Finance,	May 30, 2018
Brian J. D’Ambrosia	Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
	(Principal Financial Officer and
	Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ Robert E. Mellor*	Chairman of the Board, Director	May 30, 2018
Robert E. Mellor
/s/ John L. Auerbach*	Director	May 30, 2018
John L. Auerbach
/s/ Frederick M. Danziger*	Director	May 30, 2018
Frederick M. Danziger
/s/ Donald Glickman*	Director	May 30, 2018
Donald Glickman
/s/ Lindsay N. Hyde*	Director	May 30, 2018
Lindsay N. Hyde
/s/ Stephen C. McCluski*	Director	May 30, 2018
Stephen C. McCluski
/s/ Peter J. Solomon*	Director	May 30, 2018
Peter J. Solomon
	*  By: /s/ Brett T. Ponton
	Brett T. Ponton, as Attorney-in-Fact

69

EX-10.74

Exhibit 10.74

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, entered into on March 29, 2018 and effective as of March 26, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), between Monro, Inc. (the “Company”) and Matthew E. Naylor (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish for the Executive to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions as set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Employment and Duties.

1.1    Employment by the Company.  The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive for the Term (as herein defined), to render exclusive and full-time services in the capacity of Chief Operating Officer of the Company, subject to the control and direction of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and its Board of Directors (the “Board”).

1.2    Duties/Authority.  During the Term, the Executive shall have responsibility for the conduct and general supervision of, as well as control over, all aspects of the operations of the Company, in each case subject to the control and direction of the CEO and the Board.  The Executive’s duties hereunder during the Term shall be consistent with the duties, responsibilities and authority generally incident to the position of Chief Operating Officer and such other reasonably related duties as may be assigned to him from time to time by the CEO or the Board.

2.    Term and Principal Place of Employment.  The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and end on March 31, 2021 (the “Term”), unless sooner terminated as provided herein.  As of the Effective Date, the Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Company’s store support center based in Rochester, N.Y., subject to customary travel. 

3.    Compensation.

3.1    Salary.  As consideration for services rendered, the Company shall pay the Executive a salary of $350,000 per annum (the “Base Salary”), payable not less frequently than monthly. The Executive’s Base Salary will be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) and may be increased (but not decreased without the Executive’s consent) to reflect the Executive’s performance and responsibilities.

3.2    Annual Bonus.  Pursuant to the Company’s bonus plan (the “Bonus Plan”), the Company shall pay the Executive, within 120 days of its fiscal year-end, a bonus in respect of each prior fiscal year during the Term (beginning with the fiscal year ending in March 2019), of 45% of the Base Salary if the Company achieves its performance targets set by the Committee with respect to such fiscal year, increased up to a maximum of 112.5% of the

Base Salary if the Company exceeds such performance targets by amounts to be determined by the Committee (the “Annual Bonus”).  If this Agreement terminates other than at the end of a fiscal year either: (i) upon the expiration of the Term; or (ii) pursuant to Section 4, and the Executive is entitled to a pro rata bonus for such partial fiscal year pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 hereof, such pro rata bonus shall be equal to the bonus the Executive would have received under the Bonus Plan, based on the Company’s actual performance during such fiscal year, had he been employed by the Company for the entire fiscal year, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days during such fiscal year he was so employed and the denominator of which shall be the number of days in such fiscal year (the “Pro Rata Bonus”).  The Executive may be entitled to the Annual Bonus for the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year in which the Executive’s employment is terminated, to the extent not yet paid (the “Preceding Bonus”).  The Executive shall be entitled to receive the Preceding Bonus and/or the Pro Rata Bonus, as applicable: (a) at the same time the annual bonuses for the same periods are paid to other senior executives of the Company; and (b) only to the extent the Board or the Committee determines to pay such bonus to the other senior executives of the Company.  The Annual Bonus shall, in all respects, be subject to the terms of the Bonus Plan. 

3.3    Equity Awards.

(A)    Standard Option Grant.  Subject to the Executive’s commencement of employment with the Company, the Committee has approved the grant to the Executive of an option to purchase 44,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) under the terms of the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended and including any successor stock incentive plan thereto, the “Plan”).  The Option shall be subject to the Company’s standard form of nonqualified option grant agreement and shall have an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant, as determined in accordance with the Plan, and shall have a five-year term.  The date of grant of the Option shall be the date on which the Executive commences employment with the Company.  Subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company, except as provided below or in the Plan in connection with a Change in Control, the Option shall become exercisable with respect to the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the following schedule:

Vesting Date	Amount Exercisable
1st Anniversary of the Date of Grant	33%
2nd Anniversary of the Date of Grant	67%
3rd Anniversary of the Date of Grant	100%

(B)    Restricted Stock Unit Grant.  Subject to the Executive’s commencement of employment with the Company, the Committee has approved the grant to the Executive of restricted stock units for that number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock with a value of $470,000 (the “RSUs”) under the terms of the Plan.  The number of RSUs will be calculated by dividing the $470,000 value by the Company’s closing share price on the Executive’s first day of employment.  The RSUs shall be subject to the Company’s standard form of restricted stock unit

2

grant agreement.  The date of grant of the RSUs shall be the date on which the Executive commences employment with the Company.  The RSUs shall have dividend equivalent rights with payment based on the vesting of the RSUs on which they were paid.  Subject to the Executive’s continued employment with the Company, except as provided below or in the Plan with respect to a Change in Control, the RSUs shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

Vesting Date	Portion of RSUs Vested
1st Anniversary of the Date of the Award	33%
2nd Anniversary of the Date of the Award	67%
3rd Anniversary of the Date of the Award	100%

(C)    Both the Option and the RSUs (collectively, together with any other equity grants made to the Executive, the “Equity Awards”) will permit (i) broker-assisted cashless/net exercise, if applicable, and (ii) net withholding for taxes to the extent permitted by law.

3.4    Participation in Employee Benefit Plans.  The Executive shall be permitted during the Term, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in any group life, hospitalization or disability insurance plan, health program, or any pension plan or similar benefit plan of the Company, which is available generally to other senior executives of the Company. 

3.5    Expenses.  Subject to such policies generally applicable to senior executives of the Company, as may from time to time be established by the Board, the Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses (including travel expenses) actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the Term in the performance of the Executive’s services under this Agreement (“Expenses”) upon presentation of expense statements or vouchers or such other supporting information as it may require.  In addition, the Company shall reimburse the Executive (i) (a) for the expense of temporary housing in the Rochester, New York-area (facilitated by the Company’s relocation company), (b) $150 per week meal allowance and (c) the expense for temporary storage of Executive’s household goods, all for up to ninety (90) days from the Effective Date; (ii) for certain costs related to the sale of his home in Florida and the purchase of a home in the Rochester, NY-area, including the realtor’s commission on the sale of his home in Florida (up to a maximum of 6%), reasonable attorney’s fees incurred on the respective sale and purchase of his homes, as well as for N.Y. Mortgage Tax and bank fees incurred in connection with Executive’s purchase of a home in Rochester, NY (total reimbursement for such costs under this subsection (ii) shall not exceed $50,000 and will not include reimbursement for points or the buying down of mortgage financing rates); and (iii) for the reasonable costs of moving his household goods and up to two (2) vehicles from Florida to the Rochester, New York-area, which reimbursements under (i) and (ii) shall be on a tax neutral basis to the Executive.

3.6    Vacation.  During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks’ vacation annually (10 days awarded in April each year of the Term and 10 days awarded in October), but in no event less than other senior executives of the Company. 

3

3.7    Additional Benefits.  During the Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the use of an automobile comparable to that provided to other senior executives in connection with the rendering of services to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, together with reimbursement for all gas, maintenance, insurance and repairs required by reason of his use of such vehicle.

3.8    Controlling Document.  To the extent there is any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any plan or program under which compensation or benefits are provided hereunder, this Agreement shall control.  Otherwise, the Executive shall be subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of the Company’s plans and programs, as applicable. 

4.    Termination or Removal from Duties.

4.1    Termination Upon Death.  This Agreement shall terminate automatically upon the Executive’s death.

4.2    Removal from Position Upon Disability.  If during the Term, as a result of a physical or mental incapacity or infirmity, the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period or periods aggregating 90 days during any 12-month period, the Executive shall be deemed disabled (his “Disability”) and the Company, by written notice to the Executive, shall have the right to remove him from his position.  The Executive’s status as an inactive employee of the Company shall continue after such removal for the period of time that his Disability continues.  However, the Company shall have no obligation to reinstate or otherwise continue the Executive’s employment if he should recover from his Disability and any such termination shall not constitute a termination without Cause or without Good Reason (as herein defined).  The existence of his Disability shall be determined by a reputable, licensed physician selected by the Company in good faith, whose determination shall be final and binding on the parties.

4.3    Termination for Cause.  The Company may at any time, by written notice to the Executive, terminate the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause.  For purposes hereof, the term “Cause” shall mean:  (A) the Executive’s conviction of or pleading guilty or no contest to a felony; (B) failure or refusal of the Executive in any material respect (i) to perform the duties of his employment or to follow the lawful and proper directives of the CEO or the Board, provided such duties or directives are consistent with this Agreement and such duties or directives have been given to the Executive in writing, or (ii) to comply with the reasonable and substantial written policies, practices, standards or regulations of the Company (so long as same are not inconsistent with this Agreement) as may be established from time to time, if such failure or refusal under either clause (i) or clause (ii) continues uncured for a period of ten days after written notice thereof, specifying the nature of such failure or refusal and requesting that it be cured, is given by the Company to the Executive; (C) any willful or intentional act of the Executive committed for the purpose, or having the reasonably foreseeable effect, of injuring the Company, its business or reputation or of improperly or unlawfully converting for the Executive’s own personal benefit any property of the Company; or (D) any violation or breach of the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement.

4

4.4    Termination without Cause.  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment without Cause at any time. 

4.5    Termination with or without Good Reason.  With 45 days’ prior written notice to the Company, this Agreement and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Executive with or without Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means if the Executive is able to document, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company’s outside counsel, that the reason for such resignation is as a direct result of either: (i) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement; or (ii) the Board or the CEO requiring the Executive to act, or omit to act, in a way that the Executive reasonably believes is illegal; provided, however, that a termination by the Executive for Good Reason pursuant to (i) or (ii) shall be effective only if, within 30 days following the delivery of written notice of a termination for Good Reason by Executive to the Company, the Company has failed to cure the circumstances giving rise to the Good Reason.  The written notice of termination for Good Reason must specify in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, if applicable.

Any resignation or termination pursuant to the terms of this Section shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement by either party.

5.    Rights and Obligations of the Company and the Executive Upon Termination, or Removal.  Other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, and except as otherwise provided by Section 6 hereof, upon the occurrence of an event described in Section 4, the parties shall have the following rights and obligations: 

5.1    Death.  If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Term by reason of the Executive’s death, the Company shall pay the Executive’s estate in one lump sum amount: (A) the lesser of (i) one year’s Base Salary (as in effect as of the date of termination), or (ii) the amount of Base Salary that would have been payable to the Executive from the date of death through the end of the Term, payable on the six-month anniversary of the date of the Executive’s death; plus (B) any Preceding and/or Pro Rata Bonus to which the Executive is entitled, which shall be paid in accordance with Section 3.2.

5.2    Disability.

(A)    If the Executive is removed from his position during the Term because of a Disability, the Executive, for the period of time during which his Disability continues, may continue to participate in certain of the employee benefit plans in which he participated immediately prior to his removal.  These benefits would include participation in, as applicable and to the extent defined in the Company’s applicable plans, group life, medical/dental and disability insurance plans, each at the same ratio of employer/employee contribution as applicable to the Executive immediately prior to his removal; and, thereafter, at the same ratio of employer/employee contribution as then-applicable to other executive-level employees in the Company.  In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to compensation and benefits accrued through the date of his removal from his duties, including any amounts payable to the Executive under any Company profit sharing or other employee benefit plan up to the date of removal, to the extent permitted under the terms of such plan.  For avoidance of doubt, the payment of any

5

bonus to which the Executive may be entitled for the period of time up to the date of his removal pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, would be paid pursuant to Section 5.2(B), below.  However, the Executive’s rights to bonuses and fringe benefits accruing after his removal, if any, shall cease upon such removal; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to limit or otherwise restrict the availability of any benefits to the Executive required to be provided pursuant to Section 4980B of the Code. 

(B)    If the Executive is removed from his position during the Term because of a Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to payments equal to: (i) the lesser of (a) one year’s Base Salary (as in effect as of the date of removal), or (b) the amount of Base Salary that would have been payable to the Executive from the date of removal through the end of the Term, either (a) or (b) payable as follows, (x) a lump sum payment six months following such removal equal to the lesser of (1) six months of Base Salary or (2) Base Salary for the remainder of the Term and (y), if applicable, following such six month period, continued payment of Base Salary (payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice) for the lesser of six months or the remainder of the Term; plus (ii)  any Preceding and/or Pro Rata Bonus to which the Executive is entitled (payable not less than six months following such removal from his position; but otherwise in accordance with Section 3.2).

5.3    Termination for Cause or without Good Reason.  If the Executive’s employment shall be terminated during the Term (A) by the Company for Cause, or (B) by the Executive without Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive his Base Salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect and shall reimburse the Executive for any Expenses incurred but not yet paid and shall have no further obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.

5.4    Termination without Cause or with Good Reason.  If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Term (A) by the Company without Cause, or (B) by the Executive with Good Reason, the Company shall pay (unless otherwise noted, in the normal course) to the Executive or provide the following amounts or benefits:

(i)    to the extent not yet paid, the Executive’s Base Salary through the date of termination at the rate in effect on the date of termination;

(ii)    one year’s Base Salary (as in effect as of the date of termination), payable as follows, (x) a lump sum payment six months following such termination equal to six months of Base Salary and (y) following such six month period, continued payment of Base Salary (payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice) for the remaining six months;

(iii)    payment of the Preceding and/or Pro Rata Bonus to which the Executive is entitled, payable no earlier than six months following such termination of employment, but otherwise in accordance with Section 3.2; and

(iv)    any and all Equity Awards that have been granted to the Executive (that have neither expired nor, in the case of stock options, been previously exercised by the Executive) through the termination date shall be deemed fully vested on such termination date

6

and, in the case of stock options, exercisable for a period of 90 days following such date (but, in no case, beyond each such stock option’s specified expiration date), all in accordance with the other terms of any such plan or grant.

All payments to be provided to the Executive under this Section 5.4 shall be subject to the Executive’s (x) compliance with the restrictions in Section 7 and (y) execution, within 60 days of the Executive’s termination, of a general release and waiver of claims against the Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents from any and all liability arising from the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company (which release will include an agreement between both parties not to disparage the other) that is not revoked.

6.    Change in Control.

6.1    In the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control of the Company, the Executive shall remain employed by the Company, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  If, within two years after the Change in Control, (A) the Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause or (B) the Executive resigns following:

(i)    a material diminution in his duties as set forth in Section 1.2 of this Agreement; or

(ii)    in the case of the sale of the Company, the Executive either: (a) is not offered a comparable position by the buyer; or (b) is required by the buyer to be based anywhere beyond 50 miles from the Company’s current offices in Rochester, New York (except for required travel on Company business to an extent substantially consistent with that preceding the Change in Control), (either (i) or (ii), a “Resignation for Good Cause”), then the Executive shall be entitled to the benefits described in Section 6.2.

6.2    Upon a termination without Cause in a Change in Control or a Resignation for Good Cause described in Section 6.1 during the Term, the Executive will receive in one lump sum amount, unless otherwise noted:

(A)    to the extent not yet paid, the Executive’s Base Salary through the date of termination at the rate in effect on the date of termination;

(B)    two year’s Base Salary (as in effect as of the date of such termination or resignation), payable as follows, (x) a lump sum payment six months following such termination or resignation equal to six months of Base Salary and (y) following such six month period, continued payment of Base Salary (payable in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice) for the remaining 18 months;

(C)    payment of the Preceding and/or Pro Rata Bonus to which the Executive is entitled, payable not less than six months following such termination of employment, but otherwise in accordance with Section 3.2; and

(D)    any and all Equity Awards that have been granted to the Executive (that have neither expired nor, in the case of stock options, been previously exercised by the Executive) through the termination date shall be deemed fully vested on such termination

7

date and, in the case of stock options, exercisable for a period of 90 days following such date (but, in no case, beyond each such stock option’s specified expiration date), all in accordance with the other terms of any such plan or grant.

All payments to be provided to the Executive under this Section shall be subject to the Executive’s (x) compliance with the restrictions in Section 7 and (y) execution, within 60 days of the Executive’s termination, of a general release and waiver of claims against the Company, its officers, directors, employees and agents from any and all liability arising from the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company (which release will include an agreement between both parties not to disparage the other) that is not revoked.

6.3    For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following: (A) any person who is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of the Company as of the date of this Agreement becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company except pursuant to a public offering of securities of the Company; (B) the sale of the Company substantially as an entity (whether by sale of stock, sale of assets, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to a person who is not an affiliate of the Company as of the date of this Agreement; or (C) there occurs a merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company with a person who is not an affiliate of the Company as of the date of this Agreement, and in which shareholders of the Company immediately preceding the merger hold less than 50% (the voting and consent rights of Class C Preferred Stock shall be disregarded in this calculation) of the combined voting power for the election of directors of the Company immediately following the merger.  For purposes of this Section 6.3, the term “person” shall include a legal entity, as well as an individual.  A Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur because of the sale or conversion of any or all of Class C Preferred Stock of the Company unless there is a simultaneous change described in clauses (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence. 

7.    Confidentiality and Covenant against Competition.

7.1    Non-Disclosure. 

(A)    The Executive shall forever hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be public knowledge (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 7.1 by the Executive).  The Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or except as required by law or in a judicial or administrative proceeding with subpoena powers, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it. 

(B)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall (i) prohibit the Executive from making reports of possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity in accordance with the provisions of and

8

rules promulgated under Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or Section 806 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or of any other whistleblower protection provisions of state or federal law or regulation, or (ii) require notification or prior approval by the Company of any reporting described in clause (i).

(C)    Pursuant to The Defend Trade Secrets Act (18 USC § 1833(b)), the Executive may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for disclosure of a trade secret: (i) made in confidence to a government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; and/or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.  Additionally, the Executive, if suing the Company for retaliation based on the reporting of a suspected violation of law, may disclose a trade secret to his attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and the Executive does not disclose the trade secret except pursuant to court order.

7.2    Non-Competition.  The Executive will not, during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company, and for a period of two years thereafter, directly or indirectly, (a) engage in (as a principal, partner, director, officer, stockholder (except as permitted below), agent, employee, consultant or otherwise); or (b) be financially interested in, any entity materially engaged in any portion of the business of the Company within the territory served, or contemplated to be entered, by the Company on the date of such termination of employment.  Nothing contained herein shall prevent the Executive from owning beneficially or of record not more than five percent of the outstanding equity securities of any entity whose equity securities are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or are listed for trading on any recognizable United States or foreign stock exchange or market.  The business of the Company shall be defined to include the automotive repair/maintenance services and related activities, as well as the sale and service of tires and related accessories, each of which shall be deemed a portion of the business. 

7.3    Non-Solicitation of Employees.  The Executive will not, during the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company, and for a period of one year after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, directly or indirectly, recruit, solicit or otherwise induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employment of the Company, nor hire any such employee at any enterprise with which the Executive is then affiliated.

7.4    Enforceability of Provisions.  If any restriction set forth in this Section 7 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable, it being understood and agreed that by the execution of this Agreement, the parties hereto regard the restrictions herein as reasonable and compatible with their respective rights.

7.5    Remedy for Breach.  The Executive hereby acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company and

9

its respective subsidiaries and affiliates.  In addition, the Executive further acknowledges that the Company and its respective subsidiaries and affiliates will be irrevocably damaged if such covenants are not specifically enforced.  Accordingly, the Executive agrees that, in addition to any other relief to which the Company may be entitled, the Company will be entitled to seek and obtain injunctive relief (without the requirement of any bond) from a court of competent jurisdiction for the purposes of restraining the Executive from an actual or threatened breach of such covenants.  In addition, and without limiting the Company’s other remedies, in the event of any breach by the Executive of such covenants, the Company will have no obligation to pay any of the amounts that remain payable by the Company in Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

8.    Executive’s Representations.  The Executive represents that he is not precluded from performing this employment by reason of a pre-existing contractual restriction or physical or mental disability.  Upon any breach or inaccuracy of the foregoing, the terms and benefits of this Agreement shall be null and void.  The Executive shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all claims, liabilities, damages and reasonable costs of defense and investigation arising out of any breach or inaccuracy in any of the foregoing representations. 

9.    Other Provisions.

9.1    Withholdings.  The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

9.2    Notices.  Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied, or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses or at such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telecopied or if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, as follows:

(a)	if to the Company, to it at:
	Monro, Inc. 200 Holleder Parkway Rochester, New York 14615 Attention:  Chief Executive Officer
	with a copy to:
	Monro, Inc. 200 Holleder Parkway Rochester, New York 14615 Attention: General Counsel
(b)	if to the Executive, to him at the address noted in the Company’s payroll records.

10

9.3    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the Bonus Plan and the agreements evidencing the Equity Awards, contains the entire understanding of the Company and the Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement supersedes and replaces the offer letter between the Company and the Executive in its entirety.

9.4    Waivers and Amendments.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.  No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. 

9.5    Governing Law; Jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with and subject to, the laws of the State of New Yorkapplicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state.  The courts of New York and the United States District Courts for New York shall have jurisdiction over the parties with respect to any dispute or controversy between them arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

9.6    Assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and its successors.  This Agreement is personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise. 

9.7    Headings.  The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.8    Severability.  If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction of any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or any other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

9.9    Section 280G.  In the event that the Executive becomes entitled to any payments or benefits under this Agreement and any portion of such payments or benefits, when combined with any other payments or benefits provided to Executive (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by reason of the exercise or vesting of any stock options or the receipt or vesting of any other equity awards), which in the absence of this Section 9.9

11

would be subject to the tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), then the amount payable to the Executive under this Agreement shall, either (A) be reduced to the largest amount or greatest right such that none of the amounts payable to the Executive under this Agreement and any other payments or benefits received or to be received by Executive as a result of, or in connection with, an event constituting a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A) of the Code) or the termination of employment shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code or (B) be made in full, with Executive bearing full responsibility for any Excise Tax liability, whichever of (A) or (B) provides the Executive with a larger net after-tax amount.  The Company shall cooperate in good faith with the Executive in making such determination, including but not limited to providing the Executive with an estimate of any parachute payments as soon as reasonably practicable prior to an event constituting a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2)(A) of the Code).  Any reduction pursuant to this Section 9.9 shall be made in a manner compliant with Section 409A of the Code.  This Section 9.9 shall apply in lieu of any provision applicable to the Executive under any other agreement or arrangement (including the Plan) with respect to Section 4999 of the Code.  All determinations with respect to this Section 9.9 shall be made by an independent nationally recognized certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Executive at the Company’s sole expense.  The after tax amount shall be calculated, as applicable, using the maximum marginal income tax rates for each year in which the payment is payable to the Executive (based upon the rates in effect for such year as set forth in the Code at the relevant time).

9.10    Section 409A.  The compensation and benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to qualify for an exemption from or to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the treasury regulations and other official guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”), so as to prevent the inclusion in gross income of any compensation or benefits accrued hereunder in a taxable year prior to the taxable year or years in which such amount would otherwise be actually distributed or made available to the Executive, and this Agreement shall be administered and interpreted consistent with such intention.  For purposes of Sections 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement, “removal,” “termination of the Executive’s employment” and words of similar import mean a “separation from service” with the Company as defined by Section 409A.  The reimbursement of taxable expenses such as contemplated in Sections 3.5 and 3.7 to the Executive shall be made no later than the end of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and the expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other year.  Where the 60-day period for the Executive to execute and not revoke a general release and waiver begins in one calendar year and ends in the following calendar year, payment shall be made no sooner than the first day of the following calendar year.

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement on the date first above written.

Monro, Inc.
By:	/s/ Brett T. Ponton
	Brett T. Ponton,
	President and Chief Executive Officer
	/s/ Matthew E. Naylor
	Matthew E Naylor

13

EX-10.81D

Exhibit 10.81d

May 30, 2017

Via Certified Mail – Return Receipt Request

Mr. Fred Tomarchio

425 Manchester Road L.L.C.

P.O. Box 55

Glenelg, MD 21737

RE: Lease Agreement dated January 1, 1998 by and between 425 Manchester Road L.L.C. (“Landlord”) and Monro Muffler Brake, Inc., successor-in-interest to Mr. Tire, Inc. (“Tenant”) for premises situate at 425 Manchester Road, Westminster, MD [MMB #754]

Dear Fred:

Please accept this letter as Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.’s official notification of our intent to renew said lease agreement for the ten-year renewal period commencing April 1, 2018 and expiring March 31, 2028.  The rent for said renewal shall be increased annually by 3% as shown below:

April 1, 2018 - March 31, 2019	$15,351.94
April 1, 2019 - March 31, 2020	$15,812.50
April 1, 2020 - March 31, 2021	$16,286.88
April 1, 2021 - March 31, 2022	$16,775.48
April 1, 2022 - March 31, 2023	$17,278.75
April 1, 2023 - March 31, 2024	$17,797.11
April 1, 2024 - March 31, 2025	$18,331.02
April 1, 2025 - March 31, 2026	$18,880.95
April 1, 2026 - March 31, 2027	$19,447.38
April 1, 2027 - March 31, 2028	$20,030.80

Tenant shall have no renewal options remaining.

Please do not hesitate to contact Mindi Collom at 585-784-3320 if you have any questions relative to the renewal.

Very truly yours,

/s/ John W. Van Heel

John W. Van Heel

CEO & President

JVH:mc

EX-21.01

Exhibit 21.01

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

Monro Service Corporation	Delaware
Car-X, LLC	Delaware

EX-23.01

Exhibit 23.01

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

May 30, 2018

Monro, Inc.

200 Holleder Parkway

Rochester, New York 14615

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-34290, 333-151196, 333-63880, 333-173129 and 333-196783) of Monro, Inc. of our report dated May 30, 2018 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopersLLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Rochester, New York

May 30, 2018

EX-24.01

Exhibit 24.01

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned directors of Monro, Inc., a New York corporation (the "Corporation"), do constitute and appoint BRETT T. PONTON to be their true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full powers of substitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, in any and all capacities in connection with the filing of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 (the "Form 10-K") with the Securities and Exchange Commission, to sign the Form 10-K and any and all amendments related thereto and to file the same, with any exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitutes, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done for all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this power of attorney has been signed by the following directors on May 30, 2018.

/s/ John L. Auerbach

John L. Auerbach

/s/ Frederick M. Danziger

Frederick M. Danziger

/s/ Donald Glickman

Donald Glickman

/s/ Lindsay N. Hyde

Lindsay N. Hyde

/s/ Stephen C. McCluski

Stephen C. McCluski

/s/ Robert E. Mellor

Robert E. Mellor

/s/ Peter J. Solomon

Peter J. Solomon

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Brett T. Ponton, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Monro, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 30, 2018

/s/ Brett T. Ponton

Brett T. Ponton

Chief Executive Officer and President

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Brian J. D’Ambrosia, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Monro, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))  for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 30, 2018

/s/ Brian J. D’Ambrosia

Brian J. D’Ambrosia

Senior Vice President – Finance,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

(SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002)

Pursuant to, and solely for purposes of, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), each of the undersigned hereby certifies in the capacity and on the date indicated below that:

1.  The Annual Report of Monro, Inc. ("Monro") on Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Monro.

/s/ Brett T. Ponton	Dated:  May 30, 2018
Brett T. Ponton
Chief Executive Officer and President
/s/ Brian J. D’Ambrosia	Dated:  May 30, 2018
Brian J. D’Ambrosia
Senior Vice President – Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	May 18, 2018	Sep. 23, 2017
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	MONRO, INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0000876427
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2018
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2018
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Entity Well Known Seasoned Issuer	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 1,650,500,000
Entity Common Stock Shares Outstanding		32,861,151

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Current assets:
Cash and equivalents	$ 1,909	$ 8,995
Trade receivables	11,582	11,465
Federal and state income taxes receivable	4,185	3,527
Inventories	152,367	142,604
Other current assets	37,213	32,639
Total current assets	207,256	199,230
Property, plant and equipment	767,864	712,999
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	(351,195)	(318,365)
Net property, plant and equipment	416,669	394,634
Goodwill	522,892	501,736
Intangible assets	49,143	54,288
Other non-current assets	10,997	11,331
Long-term deferred income tax assets	11,475	24,045
Total assets	1,218,432	1,185,264
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations	18,989	15,298
Trade payables	84,568	79,492
Accrued payroll, payroll taxes and other payroll benefits	20,197	24,979
Accrued insurance	36,739	35,325
Warranty reserves	12,381	10,843
Other current liabilities	21,131	19,956
Total current liabilities	194,005	185,893
Long-term debt	148,068	182,337
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	227,220	213,166
Accrued rent expense	4,530	5,037
Other long-term liabilities	14,141	15,137
Long-term income taxes payable	1,992	2,440
Total liabilities	589,956	604,010
Commitments and contingencies – Note 15
Shareholders' equity:
Class C Convertible Preferred Stock, $1.50 par value, $.064 conversion value; 150,000 shares authorized; 21,802 shares issued and outstanding	33	33
Common Stock, $.01 par value, 65,000,000 shares authorized; 39,166,392 and 39,012,189 shares issued at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively	392	390
Treasury Stock, 6,330,008 and 6,322,417 shares at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively, at cost	(106,563)	(106,212)
Additional paid-in capital	199,576	191,553
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(4,248)	(3,161)
Retained earnings	539,286	498,651
Total shareholders' equity	628,476	581,254
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 1,218,432	$ 1,185,264

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Class C convertible preferred stock par value	$ 1.50	$ 1.50
Class C convertible preferred stock, conversion value	$ 0.064	$ 0.064
Class C convertible preferred stock shares authorized	150,000	150,000
Class C convertible preferred stock shares issued	21,802	21,802
Class C convertible preferred stock shares outstanding	21,802	21,802
Common stock par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock shares authorized	65,000,000	65,000,000
Common stock shares issued	39,166,392	39,012,189
Treasury stock shares	6,330,008	6,322,417

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Sales	$ 1,127,815	$ 1,021,511	$ 943,651
Cost of sales, including distribution and occupancy costs	692,241	624,622	557,948
Gross profit	435,574	396,889	385,703
Operating, selling, general and administrative expenses	308,278	280,505	265,114
Operating income	127,296	116,384	120,589
Interest expense, net of interest income	24,296	19,768	15,542
Other income, net	(454)	(628)	(374)
Income before provision for income taxes	103,454	97,244	105,421
Provision for income taxes	39,519	35,718	38,616
Net income	63,935	61,526	66,805
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
Changes in pension, net of tax (benefit) provision of ($168), $788 and $65, respectively	(390)	1,415	8
Other comprehensive (loss) income	(390)	1,415	8
Comprehensive income	$ 63,545	$ 62,941	$ 66,813
Earnings per share:
Basic	$ 1.94	$ 1.88	$ 2.07
Diluted	$ 1.92	$ 1.85	$ 2.00
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used in
Basic	32,767	32,413	32,026
Diluted	33,341	33,301	33,353

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Consolidated Statements Of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Tax provision (benefit) related to changes in pension	$ (168)	$ 788	$ 65

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Changes in Shareholders' Equity - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Class C Convertible Preferred Stock [Member]	Common Stock [Member]		Treasury Stock [Member]		Additional Paid-in Capital [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Total
Balance beginning at Mar. 28, 2015		$ 49	$ 380		$ (95,638)		$ 160,880	$ (4,584)	$ 412,524	$ 473,611
Beginning balance, preferred shares at Mar. 28, 2015		33,000
Beginning balance, common shares at Mar. 28, 2015			38,008,000		6,180,000
Net income									66,805	66,805
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Pension liability adjustment								8		8
Dividends:
Preferred dividends	[1]								(456)	(456)
Common dividends	[1]								(19,231)	(19,231)
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options							6,677			6,677
Exercise of stock options	[2]		$ 6		$ (10,218)		16,243			$ 6,031
Exercise of stock options, shares			549,000	[2]	137,000	[2]				549,141
Stock-based compensation							2,750			$ 2,750
Balance ending at Mar. 26, 2016		$ 49	$ 386		$ (105,856)		186,550	(4,576)	459,642	536,195
Ending balance, preferred shares at Mar. 26, 2016		33,000
Ending balance, common shares at Mar. 26, 2016			38,557,000		6,317,000
Net income									61,526	61,526
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Pension liability adjustment								1,415		1,415
Dividends:
Preferred dividends	[1]								(447)	(447)
Common dividends	[1]								(22,070)	(22,070)
Conversion of Class C Preferred Stock		$ (16)	$ 2				14
Conversion of Class C Preferred Stock, shares		(11,000)	250,000
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options							3,510			3,510
Exercise of stock options			$ 2		$ (356)		(1,004)			$ (1,358)
Exercise of stock options, shares			205,000		5,000					485,660
Stock-based compensation							2,483			$ 2,483
Balance ending at Mar. 25, 2017		$ 33	$ 390		$ (106,212)		191,553	(3,161)	498,651	$ 581,254
Ending balance, preferred shares at Mar. 25, 2017		22,000								21,802
Ending balance, common shares at Mar. 25, 2017			39,012,000		6,322,000
Net income									63,935	$ 63,935
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Pension liability adjustment								(390)		(390)
Dividends:
Preferred dividends	[1]								(368)	(368)
Common dividends	[1]								(23,601)	(23,601)
Reclassification of tax effects to Retained Earnings								(697)	697
Dividends payable									(28)	(28)
Exercise of stock options			$ 2		$ (351)		5,165			$ 4,816
Exercise of stock options, shares			154,000		8,000					170,354
Stock-based compensation							2,858			$ 2,858
Balance ending at Mar. 31, 2018		$ 33	$ 392		$ (106,563)		$ 199,576	$ (4,248)	$ 539,286	$ 628,476
Ending balance, preferred shares at Mar. 31, 2018		22,000								21,802
Ending balance, common shares at Mar. 31, 2018			39,166,000		6,330,000

[1] Dividends paid per common share or common share equivalent were $.72, $.68 and $.60, respectively, for the years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

[2] Includes the receipt of treasury stock in connection with the exercise of stock options and to partially satisfy tax withholding obligations.

XML

Consolidated Statement Of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Parenthetical) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity [Abstract]
Common stock cash dividends per share	$ 0.72	$ 0.68	$ 0.60
Pension liability adjustment - pre-tax	$ (558)	$ 2,203	$ 73

XML

Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 63,935	$ 61,526	$ 66,805
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities -
Depreciation and amortization	49,335	44,629	39,769
Stock-based compensation expense	2,858	2,483	2,750
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements			(8)
Net change in deferred income taxes	15,485	11,256	6,589
Gain on bargain purchase	(13)
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets	(1,198)	85	(41)
Change in operating assets and liabilities (excluding acquisitions)
Trade receivables	(88)	(74)	(1,477)
Inventories	(8,399)	5,044	1,555
Other current assets	(4,076)	(2,879)	(6,847)
Other non-current assets	1,863	5,680	2,886
Trade payables	5,151	9,605	7,079
Accrued expenses	(1,582)	(3,224)	2,414
Federal and state income taxes payable	(658)	63	6,212
Other long-term liabilities	(930)	(3,580)	(1,399)
Long-term income taxes payable	(448)	(679)	217
Total adjustments	57,300	68,409	59,699
Net cash provided by operating activities	121,235	129,935	126,504
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures	(39,122)	(34,640)	(36,834)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired	(23,439)	(142,567)	(49,018)
Proceeds from the disposal of assets	4,071	1,583	2,625
Net cash used for investing activities	(58,490)	(175,624)	(83,227)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from borrowings	344,843	470,027	336,942
Principal payments on long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations	(395,521)	(404,303)	(366,707)
Exercise of stock options	4,816	3,492	8,602
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements			8
Dividends paid	(23,969)	(22,517)	(19,687)
Deferred financing costs			(2,180)
Net cash (used for) provided by financing activities	(69,831)	46,699	(43,022)
(Decrease) increase in cash	(7,086)	1,010	255
Cash at beginning of year	8,995	7,985	7,730
Cash at end of year	$ 1,909	$ 8,995	$ 7,985

XML

Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Significant Accounting Policies

NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Background

Monro, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC (together, “Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), are engaged principally in providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  Monro had 1,150 Company-operated stores, 102 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and two dealer-operated automotive repair centers located in 27 states as of March 31, 2018.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.   The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

Accounting estimates

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with such principles requires the use of estimates by management during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fiscal year

Monro reports its results on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March of each year.  The following are the dates represented by each fiscal period:

“Year ended Fiscal March 2018”: March 26, 2017 – March 31, 2018 (53 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2017”: March 27, 2016 – March 25, 2017 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2016”: March 29, 2015 – March 26, 2016 (52 weeks)

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include Monro, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC, after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.

Revenue recognition

Sales are recorded upon completion of automotive undercar repair, tire delivery and tire services provided to customers.  The following was Monro’s sales mix for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Brakes	13	%	13	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		2		3
Steering	8		9		10
Tires	50		49		45
Maintenance	27		27		27
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Revenue from the sale of tire road hazard warranty agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or other method when costs are not incurred ratably.

Under various arrangements, we receive from certain tire vendors a delivery commission and reimbursement for the cost of the tire that we may deliver to customers on behalf of the tire vendor.  The commission we earn from these transactions is as an agent and the net amount retained is recorded as sales.

Cash equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Our inventories consist of automotive parts (including oil) and tires.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. 

Barter credits

We value barter credits at the fair market value of the inventory surrendered, as determined by reference to price lists for buying groups and jobber pricing.  We use these credits primarily to pay vendors for purchases (mainly inventory vendors for the purchase of parts, oil and tires) or to purchase other goods or services from the barter company such as advertising.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis.  Buildings and improvements related to owned locations are depreciated over lives varying from 10 to 39 years; machinery, fixtures and equipment over lives varying from 3 to 15 years; and vehicles over lives varying from 5 to 10 years.  Computer hardware and software is depreciated over lives varying from 3 to 7 years.  Buildings and improvements related to leased locations are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  When property is sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived assets

We evaluate the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.  In addition, we report assets to be disposed at the lower of the carrying amount and the fair market value less costs to sell.

Store opening and closing costs

New store opening costs are charged to expense in the fiscal year when incurred.  When we close a store, the estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation net of sublease income, if any, are charged to expense.

Leases

Financing Obligations –

We are involved in the construction of leased stores.  In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost overruns or non-standard tenant improvements.  As a result of this involvement, we are deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, requiring us to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For some of these leases, we are considered to have “continuing involvement”, which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete.  In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord.  We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Since we often assume leases in acquisition transactions, the prior accounting by the seller who was involved in the construction of leased stores passes to us.

Additionally, we may incur other financing obligations in connection with the accounting for acquisitions.

Capital Leases –

Some of our property is held under capital leases.  These assets are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the term of the lease.  We do not report rent expense for capital leases.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

Operating Leases –

All other leases are considered operating leases.  Rent expense, including rent escalations, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  Generally, the lease term is the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured.

Goodwill and intangible assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews in accordance with accounting guidance on goodwill, which we perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform a two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying amounts.  No such indicators were present in fiscal 2018, 2017 or 2016.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, in accordance with accounting guidance, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than its previously forecasted amounts.

As a result of our annual qualitative assessment performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2018, there were no impairments.  There have been no triggering events during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018.

Self-insurance reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

Warranty

We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs for parts that we install based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales.  Warranty expense related to all product warranties at and for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016 was not material to our financial position or results of operations.  See additional discussion of tire road hazard warranty agreements under the “Revenue recognition” section of this footnote.

Comprehensive income

As it relates to Monro, comprehensive income is defined as net earnings as adjusted for pension liability adjustments and is reported net of related taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using tax rates based on currently enacted rules and legislation and anticipated rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting guidance for uncertainties in income tax prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  Monro recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits and a consideration of the relevant taxing authority's administrative practices and precedents.

We recognized the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) in our fiscal 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, and the accounting generally required to be completed in the reporting period in which the Tax Act was enacted.  Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional information.

Treasury stock

Treasury stock is accounted for using the par value method.  During the year ended March 26, 2016, Monro’s then Chief Executive Officer surrendered 32,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and the related taxes on the exercise of 89,000 stock options.  Additionally, Monro’s then Executive Chairman surrendered 100,000 shares of Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and to satisfy tax withholding obligations on the exercise of 150,000 stock options.  There was no activity for the former or current Chief Executive Officer or former Executive Chairman during the years ended March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

Stock-based compensation

We provide stock-based compensation through non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.  We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant primarily using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The assumptions used to estimate fair value require significant judgment and are subject to change in the future due to factors such as employee exercise behavior, stock price trends, and changes to type or provisions of stock-based awards. Any material change in one or more of these assumptions could have an impact on the estimated fair value of a future award.

The fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (collectively “restricted stock”) is determined based on the stock price at the date of grant.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures and only record compensation costs for those awards that are expected to vest. The assumptions for forfeitures were determined based on type of award and historical experience. Forfeiture assumptions are adjusted at the point in time a significant change is identified, with any adjustment recorded in the period of change, and the final adjustment at the end of the requisite service period to equal actual forfeitures.

We recognize compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock using the straight-line approach.  Option awards and restricted stock generally vest equally over the service period established in the award, typically four years.

Earnings per common share

Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing income available to common shareholders, after deducting preferred stock dividends, by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.  Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and equivalents outstanding.  Common stock equivalents represent shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options.

Advertising

We expense the production costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place, except for direct response advertising which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits.

Direct response advertising consists primarily of coupons for Monro’s services.  The capitalized costs of this advertising are amortized over the period of the coupon’s validity, which is typically two months.

Prepaid advertising at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, and advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, were not material to these financial statements.

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

We account for vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits as a reduction of the cost of products purchased, except where the rebate or credit is a reimbursement of costs incurred to sell the vendor’s product, in which case it is offset against the costs incurred. 

Guarantees

At the time we issue a guarantee, we recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.  Monro has guaranteed certain lease payments, primarily related to franchisees, amounting to $4.4 million.  This amount represents the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantees as of March 31, 2018.  The leases are guaranteed through April 2020.  In the event of default by the franchise owner, Monro generally retains the right to assume the lease of the related store, enabling Monro to re-franchise the location or to operate that location as a Company-operated store.  We have recorded a liability related to anticipated defaults under the foregoing leases of $.2 million and $.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  This guidance provides guidelines a company will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized.  Additional guidance has subsequently been issued to amend or clarify the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 using the modified retrospective method.  We expect adoption to impact the deferral of revenue generated by the sale of an extended warranty and to increase footnote disclosures. The guidance will not materially affect our consolidated net earnings, financial position or cash flows.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to leases.  This guidance establishes a right of use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months.  Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.  The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Currently the new lease standard to be adopted requires using a modified retrospective transition approach for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.  However, the FASB has proposed an additional transition method, in addition to the existing requirements, to transition to the new lease standard by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings in the period of adoption.  Prior periods would not be restated.  We are awaiting finalization of the alternatives for transition to the new standard before deciding upon a method of adoption.  Early adoption is permitted, but we have not early adopted this guidance.  We expect that the new lease standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  While we are continuing to assess the effects of adoption, we currently believe the most significant changes relate to the recognition of new ROU assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for real property operating leases as approximately 50% of our store leases and all of our land leases are currently not recorded on our balance sheet.  We expect that substantially all of our operating lease commitments disclosed in Note 11, "Operating Lease and Other Commitments", to the Consolidated Financial Statements will be subject to the new guidance and will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and ROU assets upon adoption.  We do not anticipate any significant changes in the volume of our leasing activity up until the period of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for share-based payments and their presentation in the financial statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016.  We adopted this guidance during the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Amendments to this guidance related to accounting for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies have been adopted prospectively and had an immaterial impact on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for fiscal year ended March 31, 2018.  Excess tax benefits related to share-based payments are now included in operating cash flows rather than financing cash flows.  This change has been applied prospectively in accordance with the guidance and prior periods have not been adjusted.  We have previously classified cash paid for tax withholding purposes as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows.  Therefore, there is no change related to this requirement.  The amendments allow for a one-time accounting policy election to either account for forfeitures as they occur or continue to estimate forfeitures as required by current guidance.  We have elected to continue estimating forfeitures through applying a forfeiture rate.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to cash flow classification.  This guidance clarifies and provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues that are not addressed by current generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and thereby reduce the current diversity in practice.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies the definition of a business, particularly when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses.  This guidance provides a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business.  This screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the assets is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business.  If the screen is not met, the guidance provides a framework to evaluate whether both an input and a substantive process are present to be considered a business.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted for certain transactions, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance simplifying the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which required the determination of an implied fair value of goodwill.  Under this guidance, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.  This guidance is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.  We have not early adopted this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost.  This guidance requires employers to present the service cost component of the net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period.  The other components of net benefit cost are to be presented separately from the service cost component and outside of any subtotal of income from operations. Employers will have to disclose the line(s) used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if the components are not presented separately in the income statement.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and should be applied retrospectively.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share based payment award as a modification.  Under this guidance, modification is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of an award as equity or liability changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to the reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). This guidance allows for the reclassification of the disproportionate tax effects caused by the Tax Act to retained earnings.  Under U.S. GAAP, the effects of tax law changes on deferred tax balances, including adjustments to deferred taxes originally recorded to AOCI, are recorded as a component of income tax expense. Adjusting deferred tax balances related to items originally recorded in AOCI through income tax expense resulted in a remaining AOCI balance that was disproportionate to the amounts that would have been recorded through net income in future periods. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018.  Early adoption is permitted. We have adopted this guidance in fiscal 2018 and the new guidance allowed us to reclassify $.7 million of disproportionate (or stranded) amounts related to the Tax Act to Retained Earnings. 

Other recent authoritative guidance issued by the FASB (including technical corrections to the Accounting Standards Codification) and the Securities and Exchange Commission did not, or are not expected to have a material effect on Monro’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Acquisitions [Abstract]

Acquisitions

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITIONS

Monro’s acquisitions are strategic moves in our plan to fill in and expand our presence in our existing and contiguous markets, and leverage fixed operating costs such as distribution, advertising and administration.  Acquisitions in this footnote include acquisitions of five or more locations as well as acquisitions of one to four locations that are part of the Company’s greenfield store growth strategy.

Subsequent Events

On May 13, 2018, we acquired twelve retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in Tennessee, as well as four wholesale locations in North Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia from Free Service Tire Company, Inc.  These locations operate under the Free Service Tire name.  The acquisition was financed through our existing credit facility.

On April 1, 2018, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota from Liberty Auto Group, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.  The acquisition was financed through our existing credit facility.

Fiscal 2018

During fiscal 2018, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $22.6 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in our financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· On March 4, 2018, we acquired seven retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Kentucky, Ohio, Virginia and West Virginia from Appalachian Tire Products, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On March 4, 2018, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois from Mattoon Muffler, Inc. and Charleston Muffler, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On March 4, 2018, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Vermont from City Tire Co., Inc.  This store operates under the TWC name.

· On March 1, 2018, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Illinois from Devenir Enterprises, Inc.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On January 14, 2018, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Pennsylvania from Valley Tire Co., Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On December 17, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Indiana from MLR, Incorporated.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On December 10, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Pennsylvania from TriGar Tire & Auto Service Center, LLC.  One store operates under the Monro name and one store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On August 13, 2017, we acquired eight retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Indiana and Illinois from Auto MD, LLC.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On July 30, 2017, we acquired 13 retail tire and automotive repair stores in Michigan, 12 of which were operating as Speedy Auto Service and Tire dealer locations, from UVR, Inc.  One of the acquired stores was not opened by Monro.  These stores operate under the Monro name. 

· On July 9, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in North Carolina from Norman Young Tires, Inc.  This store operates under the Treadquarters name. 

· On June 25, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Illinois from D&S Pulaski, LLC.  This store operates under the Car-X name. 

· On June 11, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota and Wisconsin from J & R Diversified, Inc. These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On June 11, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Ohio from Michael N. McGroarty, Inc.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On June 2, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Connecticut from Tires Plus LLC.  This store operates under the Monro name.

· On May 21, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Ohio from Bob Sumerel Tire Co., Inc.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On April 23, 2017, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Collier Automotive Group, Inc.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, as well as unidentifiable intangible assets.  All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.  We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to favorable leases and customer lists.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2018.  The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2018.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales and net income for the fiscal 2018 acquired locations totaled $14.8 million and $.1 million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 31, 2018.  The net income of $.1 million includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and the provision for income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

The preliminary fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed were based on preliminary valuation data and estimates. The excess of the net purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.  The preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price as of March 31, 2018 was as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Inventories	$	1,154
Other current assets		219
Property, plant and equipment		9,555
Intangible assets		4,359
Other non-current assets		7
Long-term deferred income tax assets		3,028
Total assets acquired		18,322
Other current liabilities		1,617
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		13,707
Other long-term liabilities		209
Total liabilities assumed		15,533
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	2,789
Total consideration transferred	$	22,614
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		2,789
Goodwill	$	19,825

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Favorable leases	$	2,934	10 years
Customer lists		1,425	7 years
Total	$	4,359	9 years

We continue to refine the valuation data and estimates related to inventory, intangible assets, real estate, real property leases and certain liabilities for the fiscal 2018 acquisitions and expect to complete the valuations no later than the first anniversary date of the respective acquisition.  We anticipate that adjustments will continue to be made to the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed and those adjustments may or may not be material.

Fiscal 2017

During fiscal 2017, we acquired the following businesses for an aggregate purchase price of $141.8 million.  The acquisitions were financed through our existing credit facility.  The results of operations for these acquisitions are included in Monro’s financial results from the respective acquisition dates.

· On February 26, 2017, we acquired 16 retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Illinois and Iowa from Nona, Inc., a Car-X franchisee.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On February 5, 2017, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in North Carolina and Virginia from Thrifty Tire of Roxboro, LLC.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.

· On October 16, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Rhode Island from Hamel Tire Center, Inc.  This store operates under the Monro name. 

· On October 2, 2016, we acquired three retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Ohio from Parkway D/C Enterprises, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name. 

· On September 19, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Florida Tire Service, LLC.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

· On September 18, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Michigan from Davco Development Company and Ricketts, Inc.  These stores operate under the Monro name.

· On September 11, 2016, we acquired 26 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in North Carolina, as well as four wholesale locations in North Carolina, South Carolina and Tennessee, from Clark Tire & Auto, Inc.  These stores operate under the Mr. Tire name.  The wholesale locations and retread facility operate under the Tires Now name.

· On July 18, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Indiana from NTI, LLC.  This store operates under the Car-X name.

· On July 17, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Georgia from Kwik-Fit Tire & Service.  This store operates under the Mr. Tire name.

· On July 10, 2016, we acquired four retail tire and automotive repair stores located in Minnesota from Task Holdings, Inc. and Autopar, Inc.  These stores operate under the Car-X name.

· On June 26, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Michigan from Harlow Tire Company.  This store operates under the Monro name.

· OnJune 19, 2016, we acquired two retail tire and automotive repair stores located in New Hampshire from Express Tire Centers, LLC.  These stores operate under the Tire Warehouse name.

· On May 8, 2016, we acquired one retail tire and automotive repair store located in Florida from Pioneer Tire Pros.  This store operates under The Tire Choice name.

· On May 1, 2016, we acquired 29 retail tire and automotive repair stores and one retread facility located in Florida from McGee Tire Stores, Inc.  These stores operate primarily under The Tire Choice name.  The retread facility operates under the McGee Tire name.

These acquisitions resulted in goodwill related to, among other things, growth opportunities, synergies and economies of scale expected from combining these businesses with ours, and unidentifiable intangible assets. All of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. We have recorded finite-lived intangible assets at their estimated fair value related to customer lists,  favorable leases and trade names.

We expensed all costs related to acquisitions during fiscal 2017. The total costs related to completed acquisitions were $1.0 million for the year ended March 25, 2017.  These costs are included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income primarily under operating, selling, general and administrative expenses.

Sales and net loss for the fiscal 2017 acquired locations totaled $104.9 million and approximately ($1.0) million, respectively, for the period from acquisition date through March 25, 2017.  The net loss includes an allocation of certain traditional corporate related items, including vendor rebates, interest expense and the provision for income taxes.

Supplemental pro forma information for the current or prior reporting periods has not been presented due to the impracticability of obtaining detailed, accurate or reliable data for the periods the acquired entities were not owned by Monro.

We finalized the purchase accounting relative to the fiscal 2017 acquisitions during fiscal 2018.  As a result of the final purchase price allocations, certain of the fair value amounts previously estimated were adjusted during the measurement period.  These measurement period adjustments related to updated valuation reports and appraisals received from our external valuation specialists, as well as revisions to internal estimates.  The changes in estimates recorded in fiscal 2018 include an increase in property, plant and equipment of $1.4 million; a decrease in intangible assets of $2.2 million; a decrease in long-term deferred income tax assets of $.3 million; a decrease in other current liabilities of $.1 million; an increase in long-term capital leases and financing obligations of $.2 million; and an increase in total other liabilities of $.1 million.  The measurement period adjustments resulted in an increase to goodwill of $1.3 million.

These adjustments were not material to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

We have recorded the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their values as of their respective acquisition dates (including any measurement prior adjustments), with the remainder recorded as goodwill as follows:

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Trade receivables	$	7,005
Inventories		18,350
Other current assets		431
Property, plant and equipment		33,392
Intangible assets		19,233
Other non-current assets		174
Long-term deferred income tax assets		9,054
Total assets acquired		87,639
Warranty reserves		561
Other current liabilities		3,772
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		41,215
Other long-term liabilities		1,228
Total liabilities assumed		46,776
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	40,863
Total consideration transferred	$	141,832
Plus: gain on bargain purchase		13
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		40,863
Goodwill	$	100,982

The total consideration of $141.8 million is comprised of $141.7 million in cash, and a $.1 million payable to the sellers of certain acquired businesses.  The payable is being liquidated via equal monthly payments through September 2019.

The following are the intangible assets acquired and their respective fair values and weighted average useful lives.

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Customer lists	$	9,917	13 years
Favorable leases		6,361	14 years
Trade names		2,955	17 years
Total	$	19,233	14 years

XML

Other Current Assets

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Other Current Assets [Abstract]

Other Current Assets

NOTE 3 – OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

The composition of other current assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits receivable	$	16,107	$	14,327
Other		21,106		18,312
	$	37,213	$	32,639

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Plant and Equipment

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The major classifications of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

	March 31, 2018						March 25, 2017
			Assets Under						Assets Under
			Capital Lease/						Capital Lease/
	Assets		Financing				Assets		Financing
	Owned		Obligations		Total		Owned		Obligations		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	85,843			$	85,843	$	83,675			$	83,675
Buildings and improvements		232,109	$	171,288		403,397		223,566	$	147,786		371,352
Equipment, signage and fixtures		242,510				242,510		225,977				225,977
Vehicles		32,380				32,380		28,831				28,831
Construction-in-progress		3,734				3,734		3,164				3,164
		596,576		171,288		767,864		565,213		147,786		712,999
Less - Accumulated   depreciation and amortization		304,762		46,433		351,195		282,196		36,169		318,365
	$	291,814	$	124,855	$	416,669	$	283,017	$	111,617	$	394,634

Depreciation expense totaled $44.3 million, $39.5 million and $36.0 million for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Amortization expense recorded under capital leases and financing obligations and included in depreciation expense above totaled $12.3 million, $9.5 million and $7.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Goodwill and Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

NOTE 5 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The changes in goodwill during fiscal 2018 and 2017 were as follows:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 26, 2016	$	400,132
Fiscal 2017 acquisitions		99,651
Adjustments to fiscal 2016 purchase accounting		1,953
Balance at March 25, 2017		501,736
Fiscal 2018 acquisitions		19,825
Adjustments to fiscal 2017 purchase accounting		1,331
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	522,892

The composition of other intangible assets is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018				2017
	Gross				Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Accumulated
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amortization
	(Dollars in thousands)
Customer lists	$	33,832	$	19,637	$	34,489	$	16,372
Favorable leases		27,656		9,470		25,378		7,764
Trade names		20,852		9,644		20,852		8,358
Franchise agreements		7,220		1,713		7,220		1,167
Other intangible assets		590		543		540		530
Total intangible assets	$	90,150	$	41,007	$	88,479	$	34,191

Monro’s intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives.  The weighted average useful lives of Monro’s intangible assets are approximately 10 years for customer lists, 14 years for favorable leases, 14 years for trade names, 13 years for franchise agreements and five years for other intangible assets.

Amortization of intangible assets, excluding amortization of favorable leases included in rent expense, during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 totaled $5.0 million, $5.1 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

Estimated future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:

	Customer lists/
	Trade names/
	Franchise agreements/		Favorable
Year Ending Fiscal March	Other		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	4,858	$	2,207
2020		3,899		2,178
2021		3,184		2,145
2022		2,886		1,995
2023		2,631		1,870

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations

NOTE 6 – LONG-TERM DEBT, CAPITAL LEASES AND FINANCING OBLIGATIONS

Long-term debt, capital leases and financing obligations consist of the following:

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based (a)	$	148,028	$	182,297
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		80		60
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(40)		(20)
Long-term debt	$	148,068	$	182,337
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045	$	246,169	$	228,444
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(18,949)		(15,278)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	$	227,220	$	213,166

_________________

(a) The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 31, 2018 was 1.88%.

In January 2016, we entered into a new five-year $600 million revolving credit facility agreement currently with eight banks (the “Credit Facility”).  The Credit Facility replaced our previous revolving credit facility, as amended, which would have expired in December 2017.  Interest only is payable monthly throughout the Credit Facility’s term.  The borrowing capacity for the Credit Facility is up to $600 million, and includes an accordion feature permitting us to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $100 million.  The Credit Facility bears interest at 75 to 175 basis points over LIBOR.  The Credit Facility requires fees payable quarterly throughout the term between .15% and .35% of the amount of the average net availability under the Credit Facility during the preceding quarter.  There was $148.0 million outstanding under the Credit Facility at March 31, 2018.  We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of March 31, 2018.

At March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, the interest rate spread paid by the Company was 125 and 100 basis points over LIBOR, respectively. 

Within the Credit Facility, we have a sub-facility of $80 million for the purpose of issuing standby letters of credit.  The line requires fees aggregating 87.5 to 187.5 basis points over LIBOR annually of the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable quarterly in arrears.  There was $29.4 million in an outstanding letter of credit at March 31, 2018.

The net availability under the Credit Facility at March 31, 2018 was $422.6 million.

Specific terms of the Credit Facility permit the payment of cash dividends not to exceed 50% of the prior year’s net income, and permit mortgages and specific lease financing arrangements with other parties with certain limitations.  Additionally, the Credit Facility is not secured by our real property, although we have agreed not to encumber our real property, with certain permissible exceptions.

Long-term debt had a carrying amount and a fair value of $148.1 million as of March 31, 2018, as compared to a carrying amount and a fair value of $182.4 million as of March 25, 2017.  The fair value of long-term debt was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using either quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or the current interest rates offered to Monro for debt with similar maturities.

In addition, we have financed certain store properties with capital leases/financing obligations, which amount to $246.2 million at March 31, 2018 and are due in installments through May 2045.  We also have a $.1 million payable due in equal installments through September 2019 to the sellers of certain acquired businesses at March 31, 2018.

Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years are as follows:

	Capital Leases/
	Financing Obligations
	Aggregate		Imputed		All Other
Year Ending Fiscal March	Amount		Interest		Debt		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	37,696	$	(18,747)	$	40	$	18,989
2020		37,890		(17,492)		40		20,438
2021		38,654		(16,005)		148,028		170,677
2022		38,305		(14,285)				24,020
2023		37,795		(12,273)				25,522

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

NOTE 7 – INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018			2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current -
Federal	$	20,854		$	22,040	$	29,202
State		3,180			2,422		2,825
		24,034			24,462		32,027
Deferred -
Federal		15,153			10,120		6,216
State		332			1,136		373
		15,485	(a)		11,256		6,589
Total	$	39,519		$	35,718	$	38,616

_________________

(a) For fiscal 2018, includes $4.7 million related to the Tax Act.

On December 22, 2017, U.S. President Trump signed the Tax Act into legislation.  The new U.S. tax legislation is subject to a number of provisions, including a reduction of the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% (effective January 1, 2018).  Other enacted provisions which may impact Monro include limitations on the deductibility of executive compensation beginning January 1, 2018 and the immediate deduction of the cost of certain capital expenditures from taxable income instead of deducting the costs over time.

Certain aspects of the new legislation would generally require the accounting to be completed in the period of enactment.  However, in response to the complexities of the new legislation, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (SAB 118) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations where a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act.  To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in the financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act.  The ultimate impact may differ from provisional amounts recorded, possibly materially, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions we have made, and additional regulatory guidance that may be issued.

For fiscal 2018, we recorded a net discrete adjustment to income tax expense of approximately $4.7 million primarily from revaluing our net deferred tax assets to reflect the new U.S. federal corporate income tax rate.  We believe this calculation is complete except for deferred taxes related to certain equity compensation arrangements and changes in estimates that can result from finalizing the filing of our 2017 U.S. income tax return, which are not anticipated to be material.  We will complete the accounting for the impacts of the Tax Act during the measurement period, which will not exceed beyond one year from the enactment date.

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets consist of the following:

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Goodwill	$	(32,290)	$	(39,715)
Other		(645)		(968)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(32,935)		(40,683)
Property and equipment		25,056		36,980
Insurance reserves		6,769		11,075
Warranty and other reserves		2,978		4,810
Other		9,607		11,863
Total deferred tax assets		44,410		64,728
Net deferred tax assets	$	11,475	$	24,045

We have $5.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available as of March 31, 2018.  The carryforwards expire in varying amounts through 2038.  Based on all available evidence, we have determined that it is more likely than not that sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryforward period will exist for the realization of the tax benefits on existing state net operating loss carryforwards.

We believe it is more likely than not that all other future tax benefits will be realized as a result of current and future income.

A reconciliation between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate reflected in the accompanying financial statements is as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018			2017			2016
	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Federal income tax based on   statutory tax rate applied   to income before taxes (a)	$	32,692	31.6	$	34,035	35.0	$	36,897	35.0
State income tax, net of   federal income tax benefit		2,218	2.1		2,700	2.8		2,306	2.2
Tax Act (b)		4,707	4.5		—	—		—	—
Other		(98)	—		(1,017)	(1.1)		(587)	(0.6)
	$	39,519	38.2	$	35,718	36.7	$	38,616	36.6

_________________

(a) For fiscal 2018, represents the blended rate of 35% for 9/12 of the year and 21% for 3/12 of the year.

(b) Represents the net discrete adjustment to income tax expense from the remeasurement of our net deferred tax assets at the lower U.S. corporate income tax rate.

The following is a rollforward of Monro’s liability for income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits:

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 28, 2015	$	7,495
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		1,116
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		—
Reductions		(922)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(760)
Balance at March 26, 2016		6,929
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		981
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		66
Reductions		(352)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(732)
Balance at March 25, 2017		6,892
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		447
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		—
Reductions		(342)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(788)
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	6,209

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $6.2 million and $6.9 million at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively, the majority of which, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate.

In the normal course of business, Monro provides for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties, and adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest and penalties and, accordingly, we had approximately $.4 million of interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax benefits accrued as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

The Company is currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service for the fiscal 2016 tax year.  It is reasonably possible that the examination phase of the audit may conclude in the next 12 months, and that the related unrecognized tax benefits for tax positions taken regarding previously filed tax returns may change from those recorded as liabilities for uncertain tax positions in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of March 31, 2018.  However, based on the status of the examination, it is not possible to estimate the effect of any such change to previously recorded uncertain tax positions.

We file U.S. federal income tax returns and income tax returns in various state jurisdictions.  Monro’s fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2017 U.S. federal tax years and various state tax years remain subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities.

XML

Stock Ownership

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Stock Ownership [Abstract]

Stock Ownership

NOTE 8 – STOCK OWNERSHIP

Holders of at least 60% of the Class C preferred stock must approve any action authorized by the holders of Common Stock.  In addition, there are certain restrictions on the transferability of shares of Class C preferred stock.  In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of Monro, the holders of the Class C preferred stock would be entitled to receive $1.50 per share out of the assets of Monro before any amount would be paid to holders of Common Stock.  The conversion value of the Class C convertible preferred stock was $.064 per share at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

XML

Share Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Share Based Compensation [Abstract]

Share Based Compensation

NOTE 9 – SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

We have a long-term incentive plan whereby eligible employees and non-employee directors may be granted non-qualified service condition stock options, non-qualified market condition stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.  We grant stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees and to better align employees’ interests with those of our shareholders.  Monro issues new shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options. Total stock-based compensation expense included in cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses in Monro’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $2.9 million, $2.5 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and the related income tax benefit for each fiscal year was $1.0 million.  As of March 31, 2018, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to all unvested stock-based awards was $7.5 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately two years.

Monro currently grants stock option awards and restricted stock under the 2007 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the “2007 Plan”).  The 2007 Plan was authorized by the Board of Directors in June 2007, initially reserving 873,000 shares (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits) of Common Stock for issuance to eligible employees and all non-employee directors.  The 2007 Plan was approved by shareholders in August 2007 and was later amended and restated in August 2017.  At March 31, 2018, there were a total of 5,001,620 shares authorized for grant under the 2007 Plan (as retroactively adjusted for stock splits), including the shares transferred from previous plans.  There were 1,005,670 shares available for grant at March 31, 2018.

Non-Qualified Stock Options

Generally, employee options vest over a four year period, and have a duration of six to ten years.  Outstanding options are exercisable for various periods through March 2024.  Assumptions used to estimate compensation expense are determined as follows:

· Expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees;

· Expected volatility is measured using historical changes in the market price of Monro’s Common Stock;

· Risk-free interest rate is equivalent to the implied yield on zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bonds with a remaining maturity equal to the expected term of the awards;

· Forfeitures are based substantially on the history of cancellations of similar awards granted by Monro in prior years; and

· Dividend yield is based on historical experience and expected future changes.

The fair values of the service condition options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Risk-free interest rate	1.78	%	1.20	%	1.25	%
Expected life, in years	4		4		4
Expected volatility	26.1	%	25.9	%	27.2	%
Expected dividend yield	1.49	%	1.10	%	0.96	%

In fiscal 2018, the Company granted 100,000 options with a market condition vesting and such market condition options granted were estimated on the date of their grant using the Monte Carlo option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018
Risk-free interest rate	1.65	%
Expected life, in years	4
Expected volatility	29.4	%
Expected dividend yield	1.53	%

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $8.84,  $12.17 and $13.10, respectively.

A summary of changes in outstanding stock options is as follows:

	Weighted
	Average
	Exercise		Options
	Price		Outstanding
At March 28, 2015	$	34.21	1,518,330
Granted	$	62.28	243,410
Exercised	$	29.59	(549,141)
Canceled	$	50.69	(23,808)
At March 26, 2016	$	41.75	1,188,791
Granted	$	62.01	232,560
Exercised	$	31.61	(485,660)
Canceled	$	61.20	(39,347)
At March 25, 2017	$	51.67	896,344
Granted	$	48.12	546,080
Exercised	$	35.00	(170,354)
Canceled	$	60.87	(64,092)
At March 31, 2018	$	51.95	1,207,978

The total shares exercisable at March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 were 495,573,  563,109 and 789,422, respectively.  The weighted average exercise price of all shares exercisable at March 31, 2018 was $52.80. 

The weighted average contractual term of all options outstanding at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was 3.8 years and 3.1 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options (the amount by which the market price of the stock on the date of exercise exceeded the exercise price of the option) outstanding at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was $5.2 million and $4.9 million, respectively.

The weighted average contractual term of all options exercisable at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was 2.0 years and 2.4 years, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of all options exercisable at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 was $2.2 million and $4.8 million, respectively.

A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted is as follows:

		Weighted
		Average
		Grant-Date
		Fair Value
	Options	(per Option)
Non-vested at March 28, 2015	419,729	$	9.70
Granted	243,410	$	13.10
Vested	(242,841)	$	10.38
Canceled	(20,929)	$	10.18
Non-vested at March 26, 2016	399,369	$	11.26
Granted	232,560	$	12.17
Vested	(266,112)	$	10.48
Canceled	(32,582)	$	12.79
Non-vested at March 25, 2017	333,235	$	12.37
Granted	546,080	$	8.84
Vested	(119,445)	$	12.04
Canceled	(47,465)	$	12.53
Non-vested at March 31, 2018	712,405	$	9.72

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 31, 2018:

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted	Weighted			Weighted
		Average	Average		Shares	Average
Range of	Shares	Remaining	Exercise		Under	Exercise
Exercise Prices	Under Option	Life	Price		Option	Price
$11.76 - $46.99	118,465	1.03	$	35.97	110,965	$	35.36
$47.00 - $48.28	442,300	5.36	$	47.26	500	$	47.30
$48.29 - $57.25	305,718	3.17	$	53.19	154,825	$	52.67
$57.26 - $75.76	341,495	3.16	$	62.48	229,283	$	61.34

During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, the fair value of awards vested under Monro’s stock plans was $1.4 million, $2.8 million and $2.5 million, respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value is based on Monro’s closing stock price of $53.60,  $52.15 and $69.68 as of the last trading day of the periods ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.  The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016 was $2.8 million, $13.3 million and $22.3 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under all stock option plans was $4.8 million, $3.5 million and $8.6 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.  The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises was $.5 million, $3.5 million and $6.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.

Restricted Stock

Monro issues restricted stock to certain members of senior management as well as non-employee directors of the Company.  Restricted stock units represent shares issued upon vesting in the future whereas restricted stock awards represent shares issued upon grant that are restricted.  The fair value for restricted stock units and restricted stock awards is calculated based on the stock price on the date of grant.  Restricted stock units do not have voting rights but earn dividends during the vesting period.  The recipients of the restricted stock awards have voting rights and earn dividends during the vesting period.  The dividends are paid to the recipient at the time the restricted stock becomes vested.  If the recipient leaves Monro prior to the vesting date for any reason, the shares of restricted stock and the dividends accrued on those shares will be forfeited and returned to Monro.  The restricted stock units and awards vest equally over three or four years.  None of the restricted stock was vested as of March 31, 2018. 

The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for the year ended March 31, 2018:

	Shares	Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years)
Nonvested as of March 25, 2017	—
Granted	61,875	$	47.59
Vested	—
Forfeited	—
Nonvested as of March 31, 2018	61,875	$	47.59	2.48

The aggregate intrinsic value is based on Monro’s closing stock price of $53.60 as of the last trading day of the period ended March 31, 2018.  The aggregate intrinsic value of restricted stock during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was $3.3 million.

XML

Earnings Per Common Share

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]

Earnings Per Common Share

NOTE 10 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the respective years:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net Income	$	63,935	$	61,526	$	66,805
Less:   Preferred stock dividends		(368)		(447)		(456)
Income available to common stockholders	$	63,567	$	61,079	$	66,349
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,767		32,413		32,026
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		510		675		760
Stock options		56		213		567
Restricted stock		8		—		—
Weighted average common shares, diluted		33,341		33,301		33,353
Basic earnings per common share:	$	1.94	$	1.88	$	2.07
Diluted earnings per common share:	$	1.92	$	1.85	$	2.00

The computation of diluted earnings per common share for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 excludes the effect of assumed exercise of approximately 1,091,000,  304,000 and 171,000 of stock options, respectively, as the exercise price of these options was greater than the average market value of our common stock for those periods, resulting in an anti-dilutive effect on diluted earnings per common share.

XML

Operating Leases

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Operating Leases [Abstract]

Operating Leases

NOTE 11 – OPERATING LEASES

We lease various facilities under non-cancellable lease agreements which expire at various dates through fiscal 2041.  In addition to stated minimum payments, certain real estate leases have provisions for contingent rentals when retail sales exceed specified levels.  Generally, the leases provide for renewal for various periods at stipulated rates.  Most of the facilities’ leases require payment of property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs in addition to rental payments, and several provide an option to purchase the property at the end of the lease term.

In recent years, we have entered into agreements for the sale-leaseback of certain stores.  Realized gains are deferred and are credited to income as rent expense adjustments over the lease terms.  We have lease renewal options under the real estate agreements at projected future fair market values.

Future minimum payments required under non-cancellable leases (including closed stores) are as follows:

			Less -
			Sublease
Year Ending Fiscal March	Leases		Income		Net
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	34,363	$	(78)	$	34,285
2020		30,150		(86)		30,064
2021		25,258		(87)		25,171
2022		20,113		(77)		20,036
2023		14,562		(65)		14,497
Thereafter		35,046		(7)		35,039
Total	$	159,492	$	(400)	$	159,092

Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income,totaled $38.9 million, $38.6 million and $36.7 million in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, including contingent rentals.  Sublease income totaled $.1 million in each of fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016. 

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans

NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS

We sponsor a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan for Monro employees and the former Kimmel Automotive, Inc. employees.  In fiscal 2005, the previously separate Monro and Kimmel pension plans were merged.  The merged plan provides benefits to certain full-time employees who were employed with Monro and with Kimmel prior to April 2, 1998 and May 15, 2001, respectively. 

Effective as of those dates, each company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments whereby the benefits of each of the defined benefit plans would be frozen and the plans would be closed to new participants.  Prior to these amendments, coverage under the plans began after employees completed one year of service and attained age 21.  Benefits under both plans, and now the merged plan, are based primarily on years of service and employees’ pay near retirement.  The funding policy for Monro’s merged plan is consistent with the funding requirements of U.S. federal law and regulations.  The measurement date used to determine the pension plan measurements disclosed herein is March 31 for both 2018 and 2017.

The funded status of Monro’s defined benefit plan is recognized as an other non-current asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively.

The funded status of the plan is set forth below:

	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	20,702	$	19,465
Actual return on plan assets		631		2,309
Benefits paid		(704)		(1,072)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		20,629		20,702
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		20,405		21,373
Interest cost		796		806
Actuarial loss/(gain)		109		(702)
Benefits paid		(704)		(1,072)
Benefit obligation at end of year		20,606		20,405
Funded status of plan	$	23	$	297

The projected and accumulated benefit obligations were equivalent at March 31 for both 2018 and 2017.

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Unamortized transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Unamortized prior service cost		0		0
Unamortized net loss		5,675		5,117
Total	$	5,675	$	5,117

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income consist of:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Prior service cost		0		0
Net actuarial (loss)/income		(558)		2,203
Total	$	(558)	$	2,203

Pension (income) expense included the following components:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$	796	$	806	$	803
Expected return on plan assets		(1,416)		(1,332)		(1,389)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		336		524		648
Net pension (income) expense	$	(284)	$	(2)	$	62

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations are as follows:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
Discount rate	3.89	%	3.98	%

The weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs are as follows:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Discount rate	3.98	%	3.83	%	3.69	%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is established based upon assumptions related to historical returns and the future expectations for returns for each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio.

The investment strategy of the plan is to conservatively manage the assets in order to meet the plan’s long-term obligations while maintaining sufficient liquidity to pay current benefits.  This is achieved by holding equity investments while investing a portion of assets in long duration bonds to match the long-term nature of the liabilities.  Monro’s general target allocation for the plan is 40% fixed income and 60% equity securities.

Monro’s asset allocations, by asset category, are as follows at the end of each year:

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
Cash and cash equivalents	1.3	%	1.7	%
Fixed income	39.3	%	39.7	%
Equity securities	59.4	%	58.6	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  The following table provides fair value measurement information for Monro’s major categories of defined benefit plan assets at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively:

	Fair Value Measurements at March 31, 2018 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,062	$	7,785	$	277
International companies		4,186		4,186
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,505				7,505
International bonds		614				614
Cash equivalents		262				262
Total	$	20,629	$	11,971	$	8,658

	Fair Value Measurements at March 25, 2017 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,296	$	7,984	$	312
International companies		3,839		3,839
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,902				7,902
International bonds		317				317
Cash equivalents		348				348
Total	$	20,702	$	11,823	$	8,879

There are no required or expected contributions in fiscal 2019 to the plan.

The following pension benefit payments are expected to be paid:

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	972
2020		1,006
2021		1,059
2022		1,115
2023		1,149
2024 - 2028		6,068

We have a 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan that covers full-time employees who meet the age and service requirements of the plan.  The 401(k) salary deferral option was added to the plan during fiscal 2000.  The first employee deferral occurred in March 2000.  We make matching contributions consistent with the provisions of the plan.  Charges to expense for our matching contributions for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 amounted to approximately $1.0 million, $.8 million and $.7 million, respectively.  We may also make annual profit sharing contributions to the plan at the discretion of Monro’s Compensation Committee.

We have a deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) to provide an opportunity for additional tax-deferred savings to a select group of management or highly compensated employees.  The Deferred Compensation Plan permits participants to defer all or any portion of the compensation that would otherwise be payable to them for the calendar year.  In addition, Monro will credit to the participants’ accounts such amounts as would have been contributed to Monro’s 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan but for the limitations that are imposed under the Internal Revenue Code based upon the participants’ status as highly compensated employees.  We may also make such additional discretionary allocations as are determined by the Compensation Committee.  The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded arrangement and the participants or their beneficiaries have an unsecured claim against the general assets of Monro to the extent of their Deferred Compensation Plan benefits.  We maintain accounts to reflect the amounts owed to each participant.  At least annually, the accounts are credited with earnings or losses calculated on the basis of an interest rate or other formula as determined by Monro’s Compensation Committee.  The total liability recorded in our financial statements at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017 related to the Deferred Compensation Plan was approximately $2.1 million.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

NOTE 13 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We are currently a party to six leases for certain facilities where the lessor is a former officer of Monro or a family member of such former officer, or such former officer or family member has an interest in entities that are lessors.  The payments under such operating and capital leases amounted to $.8 million, $.8 million and $.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These payments are comparable to rents paid to unrelated parties. No amounts were payable at March 31, 2018 or March 25, 2017. No related party leases exist, other than these six leases, and no new leases are contemplated.

For many years, we had a consulting agreement with an investment banking firm associated with a principal shareholder/director of Monro to provide financial advice.  The agreement provided for an annual fee of $.3 million, plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses and we incurred, under this agreement, fees of $.2 million during the year ended March 26, 2016.  Approximately half of all payments made to the investment banking firm under the consulting agreement were paid to another principal shareholder/director of Monro. In addition, this investment banking firm, from time to time, has provided other investment banking services to us for additional fees. During fiscal 2016, with approval by the independent members of the Board of Directors (excluding the Director associated with this firm), we paid additional fees of $1.0 million to this firm in connection with financial and strategic advisory services that were provided related to three unsuccessful acquisitions. In connection with making this payment, the aforementioned consulting agreement was canceled.

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

NOTE 14 – SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Significant Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

In connection with the accounting for capital leases and financing obligations, we increased both property, plant and equipment and capital leases and financing obligations by approximately $19.2 million, $14.2 million and $13.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2018,  March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively.

Interest and Taxes Paid

The following table sets forth the cash paid for interest and income taxes for the years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash paid during the year:
Interest, net	$	25,795	$	20,970	$	15,687
Income taxes, net	$	25,214	$	24,778	$	25,322

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

NOTE 15 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

Payments due by period under long-term debt, other financing instruments and commitments are as follows:

			Within		1 to		3 to		After
	Total		1 Year		3 Years		5 Years		5 Years
	(Dollars in thousands)
Principal payments on long-term debt	$	148,108	$	40	$	148,068
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations		246,169		18,949		43,047	$	49,542	$	134,631
Operating lease commitments		159,092		34,285		55,235		34,533		35,039
Other liabilities		3,533		800		1,600		1,133		—
Total	$	556,902	$	54,074	$	247,950	$	85,208	$	169,670

We believe that we can fulfill our contractual commitments utilizing our cash flow from operations and, if necessary, bank financing.

Contingencies

On December 13, 2017, the Company settled a litigation matter entitled Ellersick, et.al. v. Monro Muffler Brake, Inc. and Monro Service Corporation (U.S. District Court, Western District of New York), together with related matters, which were first instituted in September 2010, regarding current and former Company technicians and assistant managers who alleged violations of the Fair Labor Standards Act and various state laws relating to, among other things, overtime and unpaid wages.  The settlement amount of $1,950,000 is included within operating, selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for fiscal 2018.  Such settlement amount was estimated by the Company to be less than the legal fees and expenses that the Company believed it would have likely incurred in connection with defending such matter during the twelve month period following settlement.

We are currently a party to various claims and legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business.  If management believes that a loss arising from any of these matters is probable and can reasonably be estimated, we will record the amount of the loss, or the minimum estimated liability when the loss is estimated using a range, and no point within the range is more probable than another. As additional information becomes available, any potential liability related to these matters is assessed and the estimates are revised, if necessary.  Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable rulings could occur and may include monetary damages.  If an unfavorable ruling were to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the financial position and results of operations of the period in which any such ruling occurs, or in future periods.  However, based on currently available information, management believes that the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

In May 2018, Monro’s Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $.20 per common share or common share equivalent to be paid to shareholders of record as of June 4, 2018.  The dividend will be paid on June 14, 2018.

See Note 2 for a discussion of acquisitions subsequent to March 31, 2018.

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Background

Background

Monro, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC (together, “Monro”, the “Company”, “we”, “us”, or “our”), are engaged principally in providing automotive undercar repair and tire sales and services in the United States.  Monro had 1,150 Company-operated stores, 102 franchised locations, five wholesale locations, two retread facilities and two dealer-operated automotive repair centers located in 27 states as of March 31, 2018.

Monro’s operations are organized and managed in one operating segment.   The internal management financial reporting that is the basis for evaluation in order to assess performance and allocate resources by our chief operating decision maker consists of consolidated data that includes the results of our retail, commercial and wholesale locations.  As such, our one operating segment reflects how our operations are managed, how resources are allocated, how operating performance is evaluated by senior management and the structure of our internal financial reporting.

Accounting estimates

Accounting estimates

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with such principles requires the use of estimates by management during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fiscal year

Fiscal year

Monro reports its results on a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March of each year.  The following are the dates represented by each fiscal period:

“Year ended Fiscal March 2018”: March 26, 2017 – March 31, 2018 (53 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2017”: March 27, 2016 – March 25, 2017 (52 weeks)

“Year ended Fiscal March 2016”: March 29, 2015 – March 26, 2016 (52 weeks)

Consolidation

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include Monro, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Monro Service Corporation and Car-X, LLC, after the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances.

Revenue recognition

Revenue recognition

Sales are recorded upon completion of automotive undercar repair, tire delivery and tire services provided to customers.  The following was Monro’s sales mix for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016:

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Brakes	13	%	13	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		2		3
Steering	8		9		10
Tires	50		49		45
Maintenance	27		27		27
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

Revenue from the sale of tire road hazard warranty agreements is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract period or other method when costs are not incurred ratably.

Under various arrangements, we receive from certain tire vendors a delivery commission and reimbursement for the cost of the tire that we may deliver to customers on behalf of the tire vendor.  The commission we earn from these transactions is as an agent and the net amount retained is recorded as sales.

Cash equivalents

Cash equivalents

We consider all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Inventories

Inventories

Our inventories consist of automotive parts (including oil) and tires.  Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. 

Barter credits

Barter credits

We value barter credits at the fair market value of the inventory surrendered, as determined by reference to price lists for buying groups and jobber pricing.  We use these credits primarily to pay vendors for purchases (mainly inventory vendors for the purchase of parts, oil and tires) or to purchase other goods or services from the barter company such as advertising.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis.  Buildings and improvements related to owned locations are depreciated over lives varying from 10 to 39 years; machinery, fixtures and equipment over lives varying from 3 to 15 years; and vehicles over lives varying from 5 to 10 years.  Computer hardware and software is depreciated over lives varying from 3 to 7 years.  Buildings and improvements related to leased locations are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  When property is sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Long-lived assets

Long-lived assets

We evaluate the ability to recover long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable.  In the event assets are impaired, losses are recognized to the extent the carrying value exceeds the fair value.  In addition, we report assets to be disposed at the lower of the carrying amount and the fair market value less costs to sell.

Store opening and closing costs

Store opening and closing costs

New store opening costs are charged to expense in the fiscal year when incurred.  When we close a store, the estimated unrecoverable costs, including the remaining lease obligation net of sublease income, if any, are charged to expense.

Leases

Leases

Financing Obligations –

We are involved in the construction of leased stores.  In some cases, we are responsible for construction cost overruns or non-standard tenant improvements.  As a result of this involvement, we are deemed the “owner” for accounting purposes during the construction period, requiring us to capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  Upon completion of the project, we perform a sale-leaseback analysis pursuant to guidance on accounting for leases to determine if we can remove the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet.  For some of these leases, we are considered to have “continuing involvement”, which precludes us from derecognizing the assets from our Consolidated Balance Sheet when construction is complete.  In conjunction with these leases, we capitalize the construction costs on our Consolidated Balance Sheet and also record financing obligations representing payments owed to the landlord.  We do not report rent expense for the properties which are owned for accounting purposes.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the financing obligation and as interest expense.

Since we often assume leases in acquisition transactions, the prior accounting by the seller who was involved in the construction of leased stores passes to us.

Additionally, we may incur other financing obligations in connection with the accounting for acquisitions.

Capital Leases –

Some of our property is held under capital leases.  These assets are included in property, plant and equipment and depreciated over the term of the lease.  We do not report rent expense for capital leases.  Rather, rental payments under the lease are recognized as a reduction of the capital lease obligation and interest expense.

Operating Leases –

All other leases are considered operating leases.  Rent expense, including rent escalations, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term, as defined in the accounting guidance on leases.  Generally, the lease term is the base lease term plus certain renewal option periods for which renewal is reasonably assured.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

We have a history of growth through acquisitions.  Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition.  Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned to the underlying net assets of acquired businesses.  The carrying value of goodwill is subject to annual impairment reviews in accordance with accounting guidance on goodwill, which we perform in the third quarter of the fiscal year.  Impairment reviews may also be triggered by any significant events or changes in circumstances affecting our business.

We have one reporting unit which encompasses all operations including new acquisitions. We perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill.  The qualitative assessment includes a review of business changes, economic outlook, financial trends and forecasts, growth rates, industry data, market capitalization and other relevant qualitative factors. If the qualitative factors are triggered, we perform a two-step process.  The first step is to compare the fair value of our reporting unit to the book value of our reporting unit. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, the second step of the impairment test must be performed in order to determine the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill.  If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment charge is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.  The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. 

Intangible assets primarily represent allocations of purchase price to identifiable intangible assets of acquired businesses and are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  All intangibles and other long-lived assets are reviewed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable.  If such indicators are present, it is determined whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows attributable to such assets is less than their carrying amounts.  No such indicators were present in fiscal 2018, 2017 or 2016.

A deterioration of macroeconomic conditions may not only negatively impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models, but may also negatively impact other assumptions used in our analyses, including, but not limited to, the estimated cost of capital and/or discount rates.  Additionally, as discussed above, in accordance with accounting guidance, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use.  As a result, the cost of capital and/or discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends, regardless of whether our actual cost of capital has changed.  Therefore, we may recognize an impairment of an intangible asset or assets even though realized actual cash flows are approximately equal to or greater than its previously forecasted amounts.

As a result of our annual qualitative assessment performed in the third quarter of fiscal 2018, there were no impairments.  There have been no triggering events during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018.

Self-insurance reserves

Self-insurance reserves

We are largely self-insured with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability and employee medical claims.  In order to reduce our risk and better manage our overall loss exposure, we purchase stop-loss insurance that covers individual claims in excess of the deductible amounts, and caps total losses in a fiscal year.  We maintain an accrual for the estimated cost to settle open claims as well as an estimate of the cost of claims that have been incurred but not reported.  These estimates take into consideration the historical average claim volume, the average cost for settled claims, current trends in claim costs, changes in our business and workforce, and general economic factors.  These accruals are reviewed on a quarterly basis, or more frequently if factors dictate a more frequent review is warranted.  For more complex reserve calculations, such as workers’ compensation, we use the services of an actuary on an annual basis to assist in determining the required reserve for open claims.

Warranty

Warranty

We provide an accrual for estimated future warranty costs for parts that we install based upon the historical relationship of warranty costs to sales.  Warranty expense related to all product warranties at and for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016 was not material to our financial position or results of operations.  See additional discussion of tire road hazard warranty agreements under the “Revenue recognition” section of this footnote.

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income

As it relates to Monro, comprehensive income is defined as net earnings as adjusted for pension liability adjustments and is reported net of related taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income and in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity.

Income taxes

Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using tax rates based on currently enacted rules and legislation and anticipated rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The accounting guidance for uncertainties in income tax prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns.  Monro recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits and a consideration of the relevant taxing authority's administrative practices and precedents.

We recognized the income tax effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) in our fiscal 2018 Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, and the accounting generally required to be completed in the reporting period in which the Tax Act was enacted.  Note 7 of the Consolidated Financial Statements provides additional information.

Treasury stock

Treasury stock

Treasury stock is accounted for using the par value method.  During the year ended March 26, 2016, Monro’s then Chief Executive Officer surrendered 32,000 shares of Monro’s Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and the related taxes on the exercise of 89,000 stock options.  Additionally, Monro’s then Executive Chairman surrendered 100,000 shares of Common Stock at fair market value to pay the exercise price and to satisfy tax withholding obligations on the exercise of 150,000 stock options.  There was no activity for the former or current Chief Executive Officer or former Executive Chairman during the years ended March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation

We provide stock-based compensation through non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.  We measure compensation cost arising from the grant of share-based payments to an employee at fair value, and recognize such cost in income over the period during which the employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, usually the vesting period.  The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant primarily using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The assumptions used to estimate fair value require significant judgment and are subject to change in the future due to factors such as employee exercise behavior, stock price trends, and changes to type or provisions of stock-based awards. Any material change in one or more of these assumptions could have an impact on the estimated fair value of a future award.

The fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (collectively “restricted stock”) is determined based on the stock price at the date of grant.

The Company is required to estimate forfeitures and only record compensation costs for those awards that are expected to vest. The assumptions for forfeitures were determined based on type of award and historical experience. Forfeiture assumptions are adjusted at the point in time a significant change is identified, with any adjustment recorded in the period of change, and the final adjustment at the end of the requisite service period to equal actual forfeitures.

We recognize compensation expense related to stock options and restricted stock using the straight-line approach.  Option awards and restricted stock generally vest equally over the service period established in the award, typically four years.

Earnings per share

Earnings per common share

Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing income available to common shareholders, after deducting preferred stock dividends, by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding.  Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and equivalents outstanding.  Common stock equivalents represent shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options.

Advertising

Advertising

We expense the production costs of advertising the first time the advertising takes place, except for direct response advertising which is capitalized and amortized over its expected period of future benefits.

Direct response advertising consists primarily of coupons for Monro’s services.  The capitalized costs of this advertising are amortized over the period of the coupon’s validity, which is typically two months.

Prepaid advertising at March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, and advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 2018, 2017 and 2016, were not material to these financial statements.

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits

We account for vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits as a reduction of the cost of products purchased, except where the rebate or credit is a reimbursement of costs incurred to sell the vendor’s product, in which case it is offset against the costs incurred. 

Guarantees

Guarantees

At the time we issue a guarantee, we recognize an initial liability for the fair value, or market value, of the obligation we assume under that guarantee.  Monro has guaranteed certain lease payments, primarily related to franchisees, amounting to $4.4 million.  This amount represents the maximum potential amount of future payments under the guarantees as of March 31, 2018.  The leases are guaranteed through April 2020.  In the event of default by the franchise owner, Monro generally retains the right to assume the lease of the related store, enabling Monro to re-franchise the location or to operate that location as a Company-operated store.  We have recorded a liability related to anticipated defaults under the foregoing leases of $.2 million and $.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and March 25, 2017, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued new accounting guidance for the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  This guidance provides guidelines a company will apply to determine the measurement of revenue and timing of when it is recognized.  Additional guidance has subsequently been issued to amend or clarify the reporting of revenue from contracts with customers.  The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2019 using the modified retrospective method.  We expect adoption to impact the deferral of revenue generated by the sale of an extended warranty and to increase footnote disclosures. The guidance will not materially affect our consolidated net earnings, financial position or cash flows.

In February 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to leases.  This guidance establishes a right of use (“ROU”) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than twelve months.  Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition.  The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Currently the new lease standard to be adopted requires using a modified retrospective transition approach for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.  However, the FASB has proposed an additional transition method, in addition to the existing requirements, to transition to the new lease standard by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings in the period of adoption.  Prior periods would not be restated.  We are awaiting finalization of the alternatives for transition to the new standard before deciding upon a method of adoption.  Early adoption is permitted, but we have not early adopted this guidance.  We expect that the new lease standard will have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.  While we are continuing to assess the effects of adoption, we currently believe the most significant changes relate to the recognition of new ROU assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for real property operating leases as approximately 50% of our store leases and all of our land leases are currently not recorded on our balance sheet.  We expect that substantially all of our operating lease commitments disclosed in Note 11, "Operating Lease and Other Commitments", to the Consolidated Financial Statements will be subject to the new guidance and will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and ROU assets upon adoption.  We do not anticipate any significant changes in the volume of our leasing activity up until the period of adoption.

In March 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for share-based payments and their presentation in the financial statements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016.  We adopted this guidance during the first quarter of fiscal 2018. Amendments to this guidance related to accounting for excess tax benefits and tax deficiencies have been adopted prospectively and had an immaterial impact on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for fiscal year ended March 31, 2018.  Excess tax benefits related to share-based payments are now included in operating cash flows rather than financing cash flows.  This change has been applied prospectively in accordance with the guidance and prior periods have not been adjusted.  We have previously classified cash paid for tax withholding purposes as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows.  Therefore, there is no change related to this requirement.  The amendments allow for a one-time accounting policy election to either account for forfeitures as they occur or continue to estimate forfeitures as required by current guidance.  We have elected to continue estimating forfeitures through applying a forfeiture rate.

In August 2016, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to cash flow classification.  This guidance clarifies and provides specific guidance on eight cash flow classification issues that are not addressed by current generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and thereby reduce the current diversity in practice.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies the definition of a business, particularly when evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or dispositions of assets or businesses.  This guidance provides a screen to determine when a set of assets and activities (collectively referred to as a “set”) is not a business.  This screen requires that when substantially all of the fair value of the assets is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets, the set is not a business.  If the screen is not met, the guidance provides a framework to evaluate whether both an input and a substantive process are present to be considered a business.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted for certain transactions, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance simplifying the accounting for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which required the determination of an implied fair value of goodwill.  Under this guidance, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.  An entity should recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value.  This guidance is effective for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.  We have not early adopted this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In March 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance related to the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost.  This guidance requires employers to present the service cost component of the net periodic benefit cost in the same income statement line item as other employee compensation costs arising from services rendered during the period.  The other components of net benefit cost are to be presented separately from the service cost component and outside of any subtotal of income from operations. Employers will have to disclose the line(s) used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if the components are not presented separately in the income statement.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and should be applied retrospectively.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or conditions of a share based payment award as a modification.  Under this guidance, modification is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of an award as equity or liability changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017.  Early adoption was permitted, but we did not early adopt this guidance.  This guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

In February 2018, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to the reclassification of certain tax effects from accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). This guidance allows for the reclassification of the disproportionate tax effects caused by the Tax Act to retained earnings.  Under U.S. GAAP, the effects of tax law changes on deferred tax balances, including adjustments to deferred taxes originally recorded to AOCI, are recorded as a component of income tax expense. Adjusting deferred tax balances related to items originally recorded in AOCI through income tax expense resulted in a remaining AOCI balance that was disproportionate to the amounts that would have been recorded through net income in future periods. This guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018.  Early adoption is permitted. We have adopted this guidance in fiscal 2018 and the new guidance allowed us to reclassify $.7 million of disproportionate (or stranded) amounts related to the Tax Act to Retained Earnings. 

Other recent authoritative guidance issued by the FASB (including technical corrections to the Accounting Standards Codification) and the Securities and Exchange Commission did not, or are not expected to have a material effect on Monro’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Company's sales mix

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Brakes	13	%	13	%	15	%
Exhaust	2		2		3
Steering	8		9		10
Tires	50		49		45
Maintenance	27		27		27
Total	100	%	100	%	100	%

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule Of Purchase Price Allocation

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Trade receivables	$	7,005
Inventories		18,350
Other current assets		431
Property, plant and equipment		33,392
Intangible assets		19,233
Other non-current assets		174
Long-term deferred income tax assets		9,054
Total assets acquired		87,639
Warranty reserves		561
Other current liabilities		3,772
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		41,215
Other long-term liabilities		1,228
Total liabilities assumed		46,776
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	40,863
Total consideration transferred	$	141,832
Plus: gain on bargain purchase		13
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		40,863
Goodwill	$	100,982

Schedule Of Intangible Assets Acquired

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Customer lists	$	9,917	13 years
Favorable leases		6,361	14 years
Trade names		2,955	17 years
Total	$	19,233	14 years

Fiscal 2018 Acquisitions [Member]

Business Acquisition [Line Items]

Schedule Of Purchase Price Allocation

	As of Acquisition Date
	(Dollars in thousands)
Inventories	$	1,154
Other current assets		219
Property, plant and equipment		9,555
Intangible assets		4,359
Other non-current assets		7
Long-term deferred income tax assets		3,028
Total assets acquired		18,322
Other current liabilities		1,617
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		13,707
Other long-term liabilities		209
Total liabilities assumed		15,533
Total net identifiable assets acquired	$	2,789
Total consideration transferred	$	22,614
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		2,789
Goodwill	$	19,825

Schedule Of Intangible Assets Acquired

	As of Acquisition Date
			Weighted
	Dollars		Average
	in  thousands		Useful Life
Favorable leases	$	2,934	10 years
Customer lists		1,425	7 years
Total	$	4,359	9 years

XML

Other Current Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Other Current Assets [Abstract]

Composition of other current assets

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits receivable	$	16,107	$	14,327
Other		21,106		18,312
	$	37,213	$	32,639

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Major Classifications Of Property, Plant And Equipment

	March 31, 2018						March 25, 2017
			Assets Under						Assets Under
			Capital Lease/						Capital Lease/
	Assets		Financing				Assets		Financing
	Owned		Obligations		Total		Owned		Obligations		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Land	$	85,843			$	85,843	$	83,675			$	83,675
Buildings and improvements		232,109	$	171,288		403,397		223,566	$	147,786		371,352
Equipment, signage and fixtures		242,510				242,510		225,977				225,977
Vehicles		32,380				32,380		28,831				28,831
Construction-in-progress		3,734				3,734		3,164				3,164
		596,576		171,288		767,864		565,213		147,786		712,999
Less - Accumulated   depreciation and amortization		304,762		46,433		351,195		282,196		36,169		318,365
	$	291,814	$	124,855	$	416,669	$	283,017	$	111,617	$	394,634

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Goodwill and Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Changes in goodwill

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 26, 2016	$	400,132
Fiscal 2017 acquisitions		99,651
Adjustments to fiscal 2016 purchase accounting		1,953
Balance at March 25, 2017		501,736
Fiscal 2018 acquisitions		19,825
Adjustments to fiscal 2017 purchase accounting		1,331
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	522,892

Composition of other intangible assets

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018				2017
	Gross				Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated		Carrying		Accumulated
	Amount		Amortization		Amount		Amortization
	(Dollars in thousands)
Customer lists	$	33,832	$	19,637	$	34,489	$	16,372
Favorable leases		27,656		9,470		25,378		7,764
Trade names		20,852		9,644		20,852		8,358
Franchise agreements		7,220		1,713		7,220		1,167
Other intangible assets		590		543		540		530
Total intangible assets	$	90,150	$	41,007	$	88,479	$	34,191

Estimated future amortization of intangible assets

	Customer lists/
	Trade names/
	Franchise agreements/		Favorable
Year Ending Fiscal March	Other		Leases
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	4,858	$	2,207
2020		3,899		2,178
2021		3,184		2,145
2022		2,886		1,995
2023		2,631		1,870

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations [Abstract]

Long-term debt

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based (a)	$	148,028	$	182,297
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		80		60
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(40)		(20)
Long-term debt	$	148,068	$	182,337
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045	$	246,169	$	228,444
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(18,949)		(15,278)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	$	227,220	$	213,166

_________________

(a) The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 31, 2018 was 1.88%.

Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years

	Capital Leases/
	Financing Obligations
	Aggregate		Imputed		All Other
Year Ending Fiscal March	Amount		Interest		Debt		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	37,696	$	(18,747)	$	40	$	18,989
2020		37,890		(17,492)		40		20,438
2021		38,654		(16,005)		148,028		170,677
2022		38,305		(14,285)				24,020
2023		37,795		(12,273)				25,522

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Components of the provision for income taxes

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018			2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Current -
Federal	$	20,854		$	22,040	$	29,202
State		3,180			2,422		2,825
		24,034			24,462		32,027
Deferred -
Federal		15,153			10,120		6,216
State		332			1,136		373
		15,485	(a)		11,256		6,589
Total	$	39,519		$	35,718	$	38,616

_________________

(a) For fiscal 2018, includes $4.7 million related to the Tax Act.

Deferred tax (liabilities) assets

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Goodwill	$	(32,290)	$	(39,715)
Other		(645)		(968)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(32,935)		(40,683)
Property and equipment		25,056		36,980
Insurance reserves		6,769		11,075
Warranty and other reserves		2,978		4,810
Other		9,607		11,863
Total deferred tax assets		44,410		64,728
Net deferred tax assets	$	11,475	$	24,045

Reconciliation between Federal statutory tax rate and effective tax rate reflected in accompanying financial statements

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018			2017			2016
	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent	Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Federal income tax based on   statutory tax rate applied   to income before taxes (a)	$	32,692	31.6	$	34,035	35.0	$	36,897	35.0
State income tax, net of   federal income tax benefit		2,218	2.1		2,700	2.8		2,306	2.2
Tax Act (b)		4,707	4.5		—	—		—	—
Other		(98)	—		(1,017)	(1.1)		(587)	(0.6)
	$	39,519	38.2	$	35,718	36.7	$	38,616	36.6

_________________

(a) For fiscal 2018, represents the blended rate of 35% for 9/12 of the year and 21% for 3/12 of the year.

(b) Represents the net discrete adjustment to income tax expense from the remeasurement of our net deferred tax assets at the lower U.S. corporate income tax rate.

Income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits

	Dollars in thousands
Balance at March 28, 2015	$	7,495
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		1,116
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		—
Reductions		(922)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(760)
Balance at March 26, 2016		6,929
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		981
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		66
Reductions		(352)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(732)
Balance at March 25, 2017		6,892
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions		447
Reductions		—
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		—
Reductions		(342)
Settlements		—
Lapses in statutes of limitations		(788)
Balance at March 31, 2018	$	6,209

XML

Share Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Summary of changes in outstanding stock options

	Weighted
	Average
	Exercise		Options
	Price		Outstanding
At March 28, 2015	$	34.21	1,518,330
Granted	$	62.28	243,410
Exercised	$	29.59	(549,141)
Canceled	$	50.69	(23,808)
At March 26, 2016	$	41.75	1,188,791
Granted	$	62.01	232,560
Exercised	$	31.61	(485,660)
Canceled	$	61.20	(39,347)
At March 25, 2017	$	51.67	896,344
Granted	$	48.12	546,080
Exercised	$	35.00	(170,354)
Canceled	$	60.87	(64,092)
At March 31, 2018	$	51.95	1,207,978

A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted

		Weighted
		Average
		Grant-Date
		Fair Value
	Options	(per Option)
Non-vested at March 28, 2015	419,729	$	9.70
Granted	243,410	$	13.10
Vested	(242,841)	$	10.38
Canceled	(20,929)	$	10.18
Non-vested at March 26, 2016	399,369	$	11.26
Granted	232,560	$	12.17
Vested	(266,112)	$	10.48
Canceled	(32,582)	$	12.79
Non-vested at March 25, 2017	333,235	$	12.37
Granted	546,080	$	8.84
Vested	(119,445)	$	12.04
Canceled	(47,465)	$	12.53
Non-vested at March 31, 2018	712,405	$	9.72

Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding

	Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted	Weighted			Weighted
		Average	Average		Shares	Average
Range of	Shares	Remaining	Exercise		Under	Exercise
Exercise Prices	Under Option	Life	Price		Option	Price
$11.76 - $46.99	118,465	1.03	$	35.97	110,965	$	35.36
$47.00 - $48.28	442,300	5.36	$	47.26	500	$	47.30
$48.29 - $57.25	305,718	3.17	$	53.19	154,825	$	52.67
$57.26 - $75.76	341,495	3.16	$	62.48	229,283	$	61.34

Summary Of Restricted Stock

	Shares	Weighted-Average Grant-Date Fair Value per Share		Weighted Average Remaining Vesting Period (in years)
Nonvested as of March 25, 2017	—
Granted	61,875	$	47.59
Vested	—
Forfeited	—
Nonvested as of March 31, 2018	61,875	$	47.59	2.48

Service Condition Options [Member]

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Weighted average fair value of options assumptions

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Risk-free interest rate	1.78	%	1.20	%	1.25	%
Expected life, in years	4		4		4
Expected volatility	26.1	%	25.9	%	27.2	%
Expected dividend yield	1.49	%	1.10	%	0.96	%

Market Condition Options [Member]

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Weighted average fair value of options assumptions

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018
Risk-free interest rate	1.65	%
Expected life, in years	4
Expected volatility	29.4	%
Expected dividend yield	1.53	%

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]

Reconciliation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net Income	$	63,935	$	61,526	$	66,805
Less:   Preferred stock dividends		(368)		(447)		(456)
Income available to common stockholders	$	63,567	$	61,079	$	66,349
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,767		32,413		32,026
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		510		675		760
Stock options		56		213		567
Restricted stock		8		—		—
Weighted average common shares, diluted		33,341		33,301		33,353
Basic earnings per common share:	$	1.94	$	1.88	$	2.07
Diluted earnings per common share:	$	1.92	$	1.85	$	2.00

XML

Operating Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Operating Leases [Abstract]

Future minimum payments required under non-cancellable leases

			Less -
			Sublease
Year Ending Fiscal March	Leases		Income		Net
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	34,363	$	(78)	$	34,285
2020		30,150		(86)		30,064
2021		25,258		(87)		25,171
2022		20,113		(77)		20,036
2023		14,562		(65)		14,497
Thereafter		35,046		(7)		35,039
Total	$	159,492	$	(400)	$	159,092

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]

Funded status of plan

	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	20,702	$	19,465
Actual return on plan assets		631		2,309
Benefits paid		(704)		(1,072)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		20,629		20,702
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year		20,405		21,373
Interest cost		796		806
Actuarial loss/(gain)		109		(702)
Benefits paid		(704)		(1,072)
Benefit obligation at end of year		20,606		20,405
Funded status of plan	$	23	$	297

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Unamortized transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Unamortized prior service cost		0		0
Unamortized net loss		5,675		5,117
Total	$	5,675	$	5,117

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
	(Dollars in thousands)
Net transition obligation	$	0	$	0
Prior service cost		0		0
Net actuarial (loss)/income		(558)		2,203
Total	$	(558)	$	2,203

Components of pension (income) expense

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$	796	$	806	$	803
Expected return on plan assets		(1,416)		(1,332)		(1,389)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss		336		524		648
Net pension (income) expense	$	(284)	$	(2)	$	62

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	2018		2017
Discount rate	3.89	%	3.98	%

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
Discount rate	3.98	%	3.83	%	3.69	%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00	%	7.00	%	7.00	%

Company's asset allocations by asset category

	March 31,		March 25,
	2018		2017
Cash and cash equivalents	1.3	%	1.7	%
Fixed income	39.3	%	39.7	%
Equity securities	59.4	%	58.6	%
Total	100.0	%	100.0	%

Fair value measurement information for the Company's major categories of defined benefit plan assets

	Fair Value Measurements at March 31, 2018 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,062	$	7,785	$	277
International companies		4,186		4,186
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,505				7,505
International bonds		614				614
Cash equivalents		262				262
Total	$	20,629	$	11,971	$	8,658

	Fair Value Measurements at March 25, 2017 Using
			Quoted Prices
			in Active		Significant
			Markets for		Other		Significant
			Identical		Observable		Unobservable
			Assets		Inputs		Inputs
	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Equity securities:
U.S. companies	$	8,296	$	7,984	$	312
International companies		3,839		3,839
Fixed income:
U.S. corporate bonds		7,902				7,902
International bonds		317				317
Cash equivalents		348				348
Total	$	20,702	$	11,823	$	8,879

Pension benefit payments

	Year Ended
	Fiscal March
	(Dollars in thousands)
2019	$	972
2020		1,006
2021		1,059
2022		1,115
2023		1,149
2024 - 2028		6,068

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]

Interest and income taxes paid

	Year Ended Fiscal March
	2018		2017		2016
	(Dollars in thousands)
Cash paid during the year:
Interest, net	$	25,795	$	20,970	$	15,687
Income taxes, net	$	25,214	$	24,778	$	25,322

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]

Payments due by period under long-term debt, other financing instruments and commitments

			Within		1 to		3 to		After
	Total		1 Year		3 Years		5 Years		5 Years
	(Dollars in thousands)
Principal payments on long-term debt	$	148,108	$	40	$	148,068
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations		246,169		18,949		43,047	$	49,542	$	134,631
Operating lease commitments		159,092		34,285		55,235		34,533		35,039
Other liabilities		3,533		800		1,600		1,133		—
Total	$	556,902	$	54,074	$	247,950	$	85,208	$	169,670

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) state segment property store item	Mar. 26, 2016 shares	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Company operated stores | store	1,150
Franchised locations | store	102
Number of wholesale locations | property	5
Number of retread facilities | property	2
Dealer-operated automotive repair centers | store	2
Number of States in which Entity Operates | state	27
Number of operating segments | segment	1
Number of reporting units | item	1
Advertising expenses amortization period	2 months
Store leases not recorded on balance sheet, percent	50.00%
Property Lease Guarantee [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Maximum potential guarantee payments | $	$ 4.4
Liability for anticipated lease defaults | $	$ 0.2		$ 0.6
Stock Options [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Options award vesting period	4 years
Chief Executive Officer [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of shares surrendered in settlement of stock options exercised		32,000
Number of stock options exercised in settlement of surrendered shares		89,000
Board of Directors Chairman [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Number of shares surrendered in settlement of stock options exercised		100,000
Number of stock options exercised in settlement of surrendered shares		150,000
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	39 years
Buildings and Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	10 years
Machinery, Fixtures And Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	15 years
Machinery, Fixtures And Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	3 years
Vehicles [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	10 years
Vehicles [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	5 years
Computer Hardware And Software [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	7 years
Computer Hardware And Software [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful lives	3 years

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Leases, Goodwill And Intangible Assets Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended
	Dec. 23, 2017 USD ($)
Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]
Impairment of intangible assets	$ 0

XML

Significant Accounting Policies (Company's sales mix) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Brakes [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	13.00%	13.00%	15.00%
Exhaust [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	2.00%	2.00%	3.00%
Steering [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	8.00%	9.00%	10.00%
Tires [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	50.00%	49.00%	45.00%
Maintenance [Member]
Company's sales mix
Revenue recognition	27.00%	27.00%	27.00%

XML

Acquisitions (Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands			12 Months Ended
	May 13, 2018 store property	Apr. 01, 2018 store	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) store	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($) store property
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Costs related to completed acquisitions | $			$ 500	$ 1,000
Sales for acquired entities | $			14,800	104,900
Net income (loss) for acquired entities | $			100	(1,000)
Total consideration transferred, portion in cash | $				141,700
Payable to a seller | $				100
Change in estimates, property, plant and equipment | $			1,400
Change in estimates, intangible assets | $			(2,200)
Change in estimates, long-term deferred income tax assets | $			(300)
Change in current liabilities | $			(100)
Change in estimates, long-term capital leases and financing obligations | $			200
Change in estimates, other liabilities | $			100
Adjustments to goodwill related to purchase accounting | $			$ 1,331	$ 1,953
Maximum [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Store acquisitions related to greenfield store growth strategy			4
Minimum [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Store acquisitions related to acquisition growth strategy			5
Store acquisitions related to greenfield store growth strategy			1
Free Service Tire Company, Inc. [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date	May 13, 2018
Number of stores acquired	12
Number of retread centers acquired | property	1
Number of wholesale centers acquired | property	4
Liberty Auto Group, Inc. [Member] | Subsequent Event [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date		Apr. 01, 2018
Number of stores acquired		4
Appalachian Tire Products, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Mar. 04, 2018
Number of stores acquired			7
Mattoon Muffler, Inc. and Charleston Muffler, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Mar. 04, 2018
Number of stores acquired			2
City Tire Co., Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Mar. 04, 2018
Number of stores acquired			1
Devenir Enterprises, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Mar. 01, 2018
Number of stores acquired			1
Valley Tire Co., Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jan. 14, 2018
Number of stores acquired			3
MLR, Incorporated [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Dec. 17, 2017
Number of stores acquired			1
TriGar Tire & Auto Service Center, LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Dec. 10, 2017
Number of stores acquired			2
TriGar Tire & Auto Service Center, LLC., Operated By Monro [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of stores acquired			1
TriGar Tire & Auto Service Center, LLC., Operated By Mr. Tire [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Number of stores acquired			1
Auto MD, LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Aug. 13, 2017
Number of stores acquired			8
UVR, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 30, 2017
Number of stores acquired, both operating and not opened			13
Number of stores acquired			12
Number of stores never opened			1
Norman Young Tires, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 09, 2017
Number of stores acquired			1
D&S Pulaski, LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 25, 2017
Number of stores acquired			1
J & R Diversified, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 11, 2017
Number of stores acquired			2
Michael N. McGroarty, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 11, 2017
Number of stores acquired			1
Tires Plus LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 02, 2017
Number of stores acquired			1
Bob Sumerel Tire Co., Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			May 21, 2017
Number of stores acquired			1
Collier Automotive Group, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Apr. 23, 2017
Number of stores acquired			1
Nona, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Feb. 26, 2017
Number of stores acquired				16
Thrifty Tire of Roxboro, LLC [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Feb. 05, 2017
Number of stores acquired				2
Hamel Tire Center Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Oct. 16, 2016
Number of stores acquired				1
Parkway D/C Enterprises, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Oct. 02, 2016
Number of stores acquired				3
Florida Tire Service, LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Sep. 19, 2016
Number of stores acquired				1
Davco Development Company and Ricketts, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Sep. 18, 2016
Number of stores acquired				2
Clark Tire & Auto, Inc. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Sep. 11, 2016
Number of stores acquired				26
Number of retread centers acquired | property				1
Number of wholesale centers acquired | property				4
NTI, LLC. [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 18, 2016
Number of stores acquired				1
Kwik-Fit Tire & Service [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 17, 2016
Number of stores acquired				1
Task Holdings, Inc. and Autopar, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jul. 10, 2016
Number of stores acquired				4
Harlow Tire Company Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 26, 2016
Number of stores acquired				1
Express Tire Centers, LLC. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			Jun. 19, 2016
Number of stores acquired				2
Pioneer Tire Pros Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			May 08, 2016
Number of stores acquired				1
McGee Tire Stores, Inc. Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Acquisition date			May 01, 2016
Number of stores acquired				29
Number of retread centers acquired | property				1
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Total consideration transferred | $				$ 141,832
Fiscal 2018 Acquisitions [Member]
Business Acquisition [Line Items]
Total consideration transferred | $			$ 22,614

XML

Acquisitions (Schedule Of Purchase Price Allocation) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Purchase price of acquisitions allocation
Plus: gain on bargain purchase	$ 13
Goodwill	522,892	$ 501,736	$ 400,132
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]
Purchase price of acquisitions allocation
Trade receivables		7,005
Inventories		18,350
Other current assets		431
Property, plant and equipment		33,392
Intangible assets		19,233
Other non-current assets		174
Long-term deferred income tax assets		9,054
Total assets acquired		87,639
Warranty reserves		561
Other current liabilities		3,772
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		41,215
Other long-term liabilities		1,228
Total liabilities assumed		46,776
Total net identifiable assets acquired		40,863
Total consideration transferred		141,832
Plus: gain on bargain purchase		13
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired		40,863
Goodwill		$ 100,982
Fiscal 2018 Acquisitions [Member]
Purchase price of acquisitions allocation
Inventories	1,154
Other current assets	219
Property, plant and equipment	9,555
Intangible assets	4,359
Other non-current assets	7
Long-term deferred income tax assets	3,028
Total assets acquired	18,322
Other current liabilities	1,617
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations	13,707
Other long-term liabilities	209
Total liabilities assumed	15,533
Total net identifiable assets acquired	2,789
Total consideration transferred	22,614
Less: total net identifiable assets acquired	2,789
Goodwill	$ 19,825

XML

Acquisitions (Schedule Of Intangible Assets Acquired) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	$ 4,359	$ 19,233
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	9 years
Customer Lists [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	$ 1,425	9,917
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	7 years
Favorable Leases [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets	$ 2,934	6,361
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	10 years
Trade Names [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Intangible assets		$ 2,955
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	14 years
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member] | Customer Lists [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	13 years
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member] | Favorable Leases [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	14 years
Fiscal 2017 Acquisitions [Member] | Trade Names [Member]
Acquired Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired Finite-lived Intangible Asset, Weighted Average Useful Life	17 years

XML

Other Current Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Composition of other current assets
Vendor rebates and cooperative advertising credits receivable	$ 16,107	$ 14,327
Other	21,106	18,312
Prepaid expense and other assets, current, total	$ 37,213	$ 32,639

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]
Depreciation expense	$ 44.3	$ 39.5	$ 36.0
Amortization expense	$ 12.3	$ 9.5	$ 7.5

XML

Property, Plant and Equipment (Major Classifications Of Property, Plant And Equipment) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	$ 767,864	$ 712,999
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	351,195	318,365
Net property, plant and equipment	416,669	394,634
Land [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	85,843	83,675
Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	403,397	371,352
Equipment, Signage and Fixtures [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	242,510	225,977
Vehicles [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	32,380	28,831
Construction-in-Progress [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	3,734	3,164
Assets Owned [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	596,576	565,213
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	304,762	282,196
Net property, plant and equipment	291,814	283,017
Assets Owned [Member] | Land [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	85,843	83,675
Assets Owned [Member] | Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	232,109	223,566
Assets Owned [Member] | Equipment, Signage and Fixtures [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	242,510	225,977
Assets Owned [Member] | Vehicles [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	32,380	28,831
Assets Owned [Member] | Construction-in-Progress [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	3,734	3,164
Assets Under Capital Lease/Finance Obligations [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	171,288	147,786
Less - Accumulated depreciation and amortization	46,433	36,169
Net property, plant and equipment	124,855	111,617
Assets Under Capital Lease/Finance Obligations [Member] | Buildings and Improvements [Member]
Major classifications of property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment	$ 171,288	$ 147,786

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Amortization of intangible assets	$ 5.0	$ 5.1	$ 3.8
Customer Lists [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	10 years
Trade Names [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	14 years
Favorable Leases [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	14 years
Franchise Agreements [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	13 years
Other Intangible Assets [Member]
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Weighted average useful lives, in years	5 years

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Changes In Goodwill) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Changes in goodwill
Goodwill, Beginning Balance	$ 501,736	$ 400,132
Additions to goodwill from current year acquisitions	19,825	99,651
Adjustments to goodwill related to purchase accounting	1,331	1,953
Goodwill, Ending Balance	$ 522,892	$ 501,736

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Composition of other intangible assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	$ 90,150	$ 88,479
Accumulated amortization	41,007	34,191
Customer Lists [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	33,832	34,489
Accumulated amortization	19,637	16,372
Favorable Leases [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	27,656	25,378
Accumulated amortization	9,470	7,764
Trade Names [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	20,852	20,852
Accumulated amortization	9,644	8,358
Franchise Agreements [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	7,220	7,220
Accumulated amortization	1,713	1,167
Other Intangible Assets [Member]
Composition of other intangible assets
Gross carrying amount	590	540
Accumulated amortization	$ 543	$ 530

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Estimated future amortization of intangible assets) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Customer Lists, Trade Names, Franchise Agreements and Other [Member]
Estimated future amortization of intangible assets
2019	$ 4,858
2020	3,899
2021	3,184
2022	2,886
2023	2,631
Favorable Leases [Member]
Estimated future amortization of intangible assets
2019	2,207
2020	2,178
2021	2,145
2022	1,995
2023	$ 1,870

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Narrative) (Details)		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) entity	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Net availability under the credit facility		$ 422,600,000
Carrying amount of long-term debt (including current portion)		148,108,000	$ 182,400,000
Fair value of long-term debt (including current portion)		148,100,000	182,400,000
The total amount financed for properties with capital leases and financing obligations		246,200,000
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		80,000	$ 60,000
Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility agreement		$ 600,000,000
Interest rate over LIBOR on the facility		1.25%	1.00%
Revolving credit facility agreement term		5 years
Revolving credit facility agreement, number of participating banks | entity		8
Provision allowing to expand the amount of overall facility		$ 100,000,000
Amount outstanding under Credit Facility	[1]	148,028,000	$ 182,297,000
Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Line of credit sub-facility for issuing standby letters of credit		80,000,000
Letters of credit outstanding		$ 29,400,000
Minimum [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate over LIBOR on the facility		0.75%
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		0.15%
Minimum [Member] | Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		0.875%
Maximum [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of net income permit as cash dividend, maximum		50.00%
Maximum [Member] | Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Interest rate over LIBOR on the facility		1.75%
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		0.35%
Maximum [Member] | Standby Letters of Credit [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Percentage of face amount of standby letter of credit payable as fees		1.875%

[1] The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 31, 2018 was 1.88%.

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Long-Term Debt) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Long-term Debt, Unclassified [Abstract]
Note payable, non-interest bearing, due in equal installments through September 2019		$ 80	$ 60
Less – Current portion of long-term debt		(40)	(20)
Long-term debt		148,068	182,337
Obligations under capital leases and financing obligations at various interest rates, due in installments through May 2045		246,169	228,444
Less – Current portion of capital leases and financing obligations		(18,949)	(15,278)
Long-term capital leases and financing obligations		227,220	213,166
Revolving Credit Facility, January 2016 [Member]
Long-term Debt, Unclassified [Abstract]
Revolving Credit Facility, LIBOR-based	[1]	$ 148,028	$ 182,297
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR)		1.88%

[1] The London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) at March 31, 2018 was 1.88%.

XML

Long-Term Debt, Capital Leases And Financing Obligations (Aggregate debt maturities over the next five years) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2019	$ 18,989
2020	20,438
2021	170,677
2022	24,020
2023	25,522
Capital Leases/Financing Obligations, Aggregate Amount [Member]
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2019	37,696
2020	37,890
2021	38,654
2022	38,305
2023	37,795
Capital Leases/Financing Obligations, Imputed Interest [Member]
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2019	(18,747)
2020	(17,492)
2021	(16,005)
2022	(14,285)
2023	(12,273)
All Other Debt [Member]
Long-term Debt, by Maturity [Abstract]
2019	40
2020	40
2021	$ 148,028

XML

Income Taxes (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018		Dec. 31, 2017	Mar. 25, 2017		Mar. 26, 2016		Mar. 28, 2015
Unrecognized tax benefits			$ 6,209			$ 6,892		$ 6,929		$ 7,495
Interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits			400			$ 400
State net operating loss carryforwards available			$ 5,400
Carryforward expiration period			Mar. 31, 2038
Federal tax rate			31.60%	[1]	35.00%	35.00%	[1]	35.00%	[1]
Income tax benefit, change in tax rate, reduction of basis points	[2]		$ (4,707)
Scenario, Forecast [Member]
Federal tax rate		21.00%
Maximum [Member]
Fiscal years under examination			2017
Minimum [Member]
Fiscal years under examination			2015

[1] For fiscal 2018, represents the blended rate of 35% for 9/12 of the year and 21% for 3/12 of the year.

[2] Represents the net discrete adjustment to income tax expense from the remeasurement of our net deferred tax assets at the lower U.S. corporate income tax rate.

XML

Income Taxes (Components of the provision for income taxes) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 31, 2018		Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Current -
Federal		$ 20,854		$ 22,040	$ 29,202
State		3,180		2,422	2,825
Total		24,034		24,462	32,027
Deferred -
Federal		15,153		10,120	6,216
State		332		1,136	373
Total		15,485	[1]	11,256	6,589
Income tax expense, total		39,519		$ 35,718	$ 38,616
Effect of change in tax rate	[2]	$ 4,707

[1] For fiscal 2018, includes $4.7 million related to the Tax Act.

[2] Represents the net discrete adjustment to income tax expense from the remeasurement of our net deferred tax assets at the lower U.S. corporate income tax rate.

XML

Income Taxes (Deferred tax (liabilities) assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Deferred tax (liabilities) assets
Goodwill	$ (32,290)	$ (39,715)
Other	(645)	(968)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(32,935)	(40,683)
Property and equipment	25,056	36,980
Insurance reserves	6,769	11,075
Warranty and other reserves	2,978	4,810
Other	9,607	11,863
Total deferred tax assets	44,410	64,728
Net deferred tax assets	$ 11,475	$ 24,045

XML

Income Taxes (Reconciliation between Federal statutory tax rate and effective tax rate reflected in accompanying financial statements) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Dec. 31, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018		Dec. 31, 2017	Mar. 25, 2017		Mar. 26, 2016
Reconciliation between Federal statutory tax rate and effective tax rate reflected in accompanying financial statements
Federal income tax based on statutory tax rate applied to income before taxes	[1]		$ 32,692			$ 34,035		$ 36,897
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit			2,218			2,700		2,306
Tax act	[2]		4,707
Other			(98)			(1,017)		(587)
Income tax expense, total			$ 39,519			$ 35,718		$ 38,616
Federal income tax based on statutory tax rate applied to income before taxes, percentage			31.60%	[1]	35.00%	35.00%	[1]	35.00%	[1]
State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit, percentage			2.10%			2.80%		2.20%
Tax act, percentage	[2]		4.50%
Other, percentage						(1.10%)		(0.60%)
Income tax expense, percentage			38.20%			36.70%		36.60%
Scenario, Forecast [Member]
Reconciliation between Federal statutory tax rate and effective tax rate reflected in accompanying financial statements
Federal income tax based on statutory tax rate applied to income before taxes, percentage		21.00%

[1] For fiscal 2018, represents the blended rate of 35% for 9/12 of the year and 21% for 3/12 of the year.

[2] Represents the net discrete adjustment to income tax expense from the remeasurement of our net deferred tax assets at the lower U.S. corporate income tax rate.

XML

Income Taxes (Income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Income taxes associated with unrecognized tax benefits
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Beginning Balance	$ 6,892	$ 6,929	$ 7,495
Tax positions related to current year:
Additions	447	981	1,116
Reductions
Tax positions related to prior years:
Additions		66
Reductions	(342)	(352)	(922)
Settlements
Lapses in statutes of limitations	(788)	(732)	(760)
Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Ending Balance	$ 6,209	$ 6,892	$ 6,929

XML

Stock Ownership (Narrative) (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Stock Ownership [Abstract]
Class C convertible preferred stock, conversion value	$ 0.064	$ 0.064
Distribution amount per share of preferred stock on liquidation of company	$ 1.50
Minimum percentage of preferred stock holders approval for authorization of action	60.00%

XML

Share Based Compensation (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Mar. 30, 2018
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 2,858	$ 2,483	$ 2,750
Tax benefit from compensation expense	1,000
Unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested fixed stock options	$ 7,500
Compensation expenses recognition period related to nonvested fixed stock options	2 years
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$ 8.84	$ 12.17	$ 13.10
Total shares exercisable	495,573	563,109	789,422
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable	$ 52.80
Options available for grant	1,005,670
Options granted	546,080	232,560	243,410
Weighted average contractual term, options outstanding	3 years 9 months 18 days	3 years 1 month 6 days
Weighted average contractual term of all options exercisable	2 years	2 years 4 months 24 days
Aggregate intrinsic value, options outstanding	$ 5,200	$ 4,900
Aggregate intrinsic value of all options exercisable	2,200	4,800
Fair value of awards vested under the Company's stock plans	$ 1,400	$ 2,800	$ 2,500
Aggregate intrinsic value, Company's closing stock price	$ 53.60	$ 52.15	$ 69.68
Aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised	$ 2,800	$ 13,300	$ 22,300
Cash received from stock option exercises	4,816	3,492	8,602
Tax benefit from option exercises	500	$ 3,500	$ 6,700
Closing stock price				$ 53.60
Aggregate intrinsic value	$ 3,300
Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Employee options term	6 years
Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Employee options term	10 years
Market Condition Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Options granted	100,000
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Vesting period of employee options	4 years
Incentive Stock Option Plan 2007 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common stock shares initially reserved for future issuance	873,000
Common shares authorized for issuance	5,001,620

XML

Share Based Compensation (Weighted average fair value of options assumptions) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Service Condition Options [Member]
Weighted average fair value of options granted
Risk-free interest rate	1.78%	1.20%	1.25%
Expected life, in years	4 years	4 years	4 years
Expected volatility	26.10%	25.90%	27.20%
Expected dividend yield	1.49%	1.10%	0.96%
Market Condition Options [Member]
Weighted average fair value of options granted
Risk-free interest rate	1.65%
Expected life, in years	4 years
Expected volatility	29.40%
Expected dividend yield	1.53%

XML

Share Based Compensation (Summary of changes in outstanding stock options) (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Summary of changes in outstanding stock options
Weighted average exercise price, beginning of period	$ 51.67	$ 41.75	$ 34.21
Weighted average exercise price, granted	48.12	62.01	62.28
Weighted average exercise price, exercised	35.00	31.61	29.59
Weighted average exercise price, canceled	60.87	61.20	50.69
Weighted average exercise price, end of period	$ 51.95	$ 51.67	$ 41.75
Options outstanding, beginning balance	896,344	1,188,791	1,518,330
Options outstanding, granted	546,080	232,560	243,410
Options outstanding, exercised	(170,354)	(485,660)	(549,141)
Options outstanding, canceled	(64,092)	(39,347)	(23,808)
Options outstanding, ending balance	1,207,978	896,344	1,188,791

XML

Share Based Compensation (A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted) (Details) - $ / shares	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
A summary of the status of and changes in nonvested stock options granted
Non-vested, shares, beginning balance	333,235	399,369	419,729
Granted, shares	546,080	232,560	243,410
Vested, shares	(119,445)	(266,112)	(242,841)
Canceled, shares	(47,465)	(32,582)	(20,929)
Non-vested, shares, ending balance	712,405	333,235	399,369
Weighted average grant date fair value, beginning of period	$ 12.37	$ 11.26	$ 9.70
Weighted average grant date fair value, granted	8.84	12.17	13.10
Weighted average grant date fair value, vested	12.04	10.48	10.38
Weighted average grant date fair value, canceled	12.53	12.79	10.18
Weighted average grant date fair value, end of period	$ 9.72	$ 12.37	$ 11.26

XML

Share Based Compensation (Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 $ / shares shares
Exercise Price Range One [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	$ 11.76
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 46.99
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	118,465
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	1 year 11 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 35.97
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	110,965
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 35.36
Exercise Price Range Two [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	47.00
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 48.28
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	442,300
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	5 years 4 months 10 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 47.26
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	500
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 47.30
Exercise Price Range Three [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	48.29
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 57.25
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	305,718
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	3 years 2 months 1 day
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 53.19
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	154,825
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 52.67
Exercise Price Range Four [Member]
Summarizes information about fixed stock options outstanding
Range of exercise price, lower limit	57.26
Range of exercise price, upper limit	$ 75.76
Options outstanding, shares under option | shares	341,495
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining life	3 years 1 month 28 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 62.48
Options exercisable, shares under option | shares	229,283
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 61.34

XML

Share Based Compensation (Summary Of Restricted Stock) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 $ / shares shares
Share Based Compensation [Abstract]
Shares, Granted | shares	61,875
Shares, Nonvested as of March 31, 2018 | shares	61,875
Weighted-average grant-date fair value per share, Granted | $ / shares	$ 47.59
Weighted-average grant-date fair value per share, Nonvested as of March 31, 2018 | $ / shares	$ 47.59
Weighted average remaining vesting period (in years)	2 years 5 months 23 days

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Narrative) (Details) - shares shares in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Earnings Per Common Share [Abstract]
Antidilutive securities excluded from computation of earnings per share	1,091	304	171

XML

Earnings Per Common Share (Reconciliation Of Basic And Diluted Earnings Per Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
		Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Numerator for earnings per common share calculation:
Net income		$ 63,935	$ 61,526	$ 66,805
Less: Preferred stock dividends	[1]	(368)	(447)	(456)
Income available to common stockholders		$ 63,567	$ 61,079	$ 66,349
Denominator for earnings per common share calculation:
Weighted average common shares, basic		32,767	32,413	32,026
Effect of dilutive securities:
Preferred stock		510	675	760
Weighted average number of common shares, diluted		33,341	33,301	33,353
Basic earnings per common share:		$ 1.94	$ 1.88	$ 2.07
Diluted earnings per common share:		$ 1.92	$ 1.85	$ 2.00
Stock Options [Member]
Effect of dilutive securities:
Share based payment arrangements (in shares)		56	213	567
Restricted Stock [Member]
Effect of dilutive securities:
Share based payment arrangements (in shares)		8

[1] Dividends paid per common share or common share equivalent were $.72, $.68 and $.60, respectively, for the years ended March 31, 2018, March 25, 2017 and March 26, 2016.

XML

Operating Leases (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Rent expense under operating leases, net of sublease income	$ 38.9	$ 38.6	$ 36.7
Sublease income	$ 0.1	$ 0.1	$ 0.1

XML

Operating Leases (Future minimum payments required under non-cancellable leases) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Operating Leases [Abstract]
Leases, 2019	$ 34,363
Leases, 2020	30,150
Leases, 2021	25,258
Leases, 2022	20,113
Leases, 2023	14,562
Leases, Thereafter	35,046
Leases, Total	159,492
Less - Sublease Income, 2019	(78)
Less - Sublease Income, 2020	(86)
Less - Sublease Income, 2021	(87)
Less - Sublease Income, 2022	(77)
Less - Sublease Income, 2023	(65)
Less - Sublease Income, Thereafter	(7)
Less - Sublease Income, Total	(400)
Net, 2019	34,285
Net, 2020	30,064
Net, 2021	25,171
Net, 2022	20,036
Net, 2023	14,497
Net, Thereafter	35,039
Net, Total	$ 159,092

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Narrative) (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) item	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($)
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Minimum term criteria for availing defined benefit plans	1 year
Minimum age criteria for availing defined benefit plans | item	21
Charges to expense for the Company's matching contributions	$ 1.0	$ 0.8	$ 0.7
Total liability, Deferred Compensation Plan	$ 2.1	$ 2.1
Fixed Income Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Company's general target allocation for the plan	40.00%
Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Company's general target allocation for the plan	60.00%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Funded status of plan) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$ 20,702	$ 19,465
Actual return on plan assets	631	2,309
Benefits paid	(704)	(1,072)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	20,629	20,702	$ 19,465
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	20,405	21,373
Interest cost	796	806	803
Actuarial loss/(gain)	109	(702)
Benefits paid	(704)	(1,072)
Benefit obligation at end of year	20,606	20,405	$ 21,373
Funded status of plan	$ 23	$ 297

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Unamortized transition obligation	$ 0	$ 0
Unamortized prior service cost	0	0
Unamortized net loss	5,675	5,117
Total	$ 5,675	$ 5,117

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Net transition obligation	$ 0	$ 0
Prior service cost	0	0
Net actuarial (loss)/income	(558)	2,203
Total	$ (558)	$ 2,203

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Components of pension (income) expense) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation	$ 796	$ 806	$ 803
Expected return on plan assets	(1,416)	(1,332)	(1,389)
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss	336	524	648
Net pension (income) expense	$ (284)	$ (2)	$ 62

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations) (Details)	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Discount rate	3.89%	3.98%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic pension costs) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
Discount rate	3.98%	3.83%	3.69%
Expected long-term return on assets	7.00%	7.00%	7.00%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Company's asset allocations by asset category) (Details)	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	100.00%	100.00%
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	1.30%	1.70%
Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	39.30%	39.70%
Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined Benefit Plan, Actual Plan Asset Allocations	59.40%	58.60%

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Fair value measurement information for the Company's major categories of defined benefit plan assets) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	$ 20,629	$ 20,702	$ 19,465
U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	8,062	8,296
International Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	4,186	3,839
U.S. Corporate Bonds Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	7,505	7,902
International Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	614	317
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	262	348
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	11,971	11,823
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member] | U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	7,785	7,984
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) [Member] | International Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	4,186	3,839
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	8,658	8,879
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	277	312
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | U.S. Corporate Bonds Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	7,505	7,902
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | International Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	614	317
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets	262	348
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | U.S. Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | International Companies Equity Securities [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | U.S. Corporate Bonds Fixed Income [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | International Bonds [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) [Member] | Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]
Defined Benefit Plan Disclosure [Line Items]
Fair value measurement of defined benefit plan assets

XML

Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans (Pension benefit payments) (Details) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Employee Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans [Abstract]
2019	$ 972
2020	1,006
2021	1,059
2022	1,115
2023	1,149
2024-2028	$ 6,068

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) item	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) item	Mar. 25, 2017 USD ($)
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Related party leases remaining | item	6
New leases contemplated | item	0
Operating and capital leases	$ 0.8	$ 0.7	$ 0.8
Financial and Strategic Advisory Services, Annual Fee		0.3
Financial and Strategic Advisory Services Fee		$ 0.2
Number of unsuccessful acquisitions where advisory services fees were paid | item		3
Acquisition Advisory Services [Member]
Related Party Transaction [Line Items]
Financial and Strategic Advisory Services Fee		$ 1.0

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (Narrative) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]
Increase in property, plant and equipment	$ 19.2	$ 14.2	$ 13.3
Increase in capital leases and financing obligations	$ 19.2	$ 14.2	$ 13.3

XML

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information (Interest and income taxes paid) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information [Abstract]
Interest, net	$ 25,795	$ 20,970	$ 15,687
Income taxes, net	$ 25,214	$ 24,778	$ 25,322

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Narrative) (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]
Litigation settlement	$ 1,950

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Payments due by period under long-term debt, other financing instruments and commitments) (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Mar. 25, 2017
Commitments and Contingencies [Abstract]
Principal payments on long-term debt, Within 1 year	$ 40
Principal payments on long-term debt, 1 to 3 years	148,068
Principal payments on long-term debt, Total	148,108	$ 182,400
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations, Within 1 year	18,949
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations, 1 to 3 years	43,047
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations, 3 to 5 years	49,542
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations, After 5 years	134,631
Capital lease commitments/financing obligations, Total	246,169
Operating lease commitments, Within 1 year	34,285
Operating lease commitments, 1 to 3 years	55,235
Operating lease commitments, 3 to 5 years	34,533
Operating lease commitments, After 5 years	35,039
Net, Total	159,092
Other liabilities, Within 1 year	800
Other liabilities, 1 to 3 years	1,600
Other liabilities, 3 to 5 years	1,133
Other liabilities, Total	3,533
Contractual commitments, Within 1 year	54,074
Contractual commitments, 1 to 3 years	247,950
Contractual commitments, 3 to 5 years	85,208
Contractual commitments, After 5 years	169,670
Contractual commitments, Total	$ 556,902

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) - Subsequent Event [Member]	1 Months Ended
	May 31, 2018 $ / shares
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Cash dividend per common share	$ 0.20
Dividends payable, date of record	Jun. 04, 2018
Cash dividend date to be paid	Jun. 14, 2018